NISTIR 7934

Human Engineering Design Criteria 

Standards Part 2: Methodology and 

Interview Results

FY10-14 DHS S&T TSD Standards Project

Susanne Furman

Mary Theofanos

Sam Chapman

http://dx.doi.org/10.6028/NIST.IR.7934
NISTIR 7934

Human Engineering Design Criteria Standards 

Part 2: Methodology and Interview Results

FY10-14 DHS S&T TSD Standards Project

Susanne Furman

Mary Theofanos

Information Access Division

Information Technology Laboratory

Sam Chapman

Persona Vision, LLC

Richmond, VA

http://dx.doi.org/10.6028/NIST.IR.7934

March 2014

U.S. Department of Commerce 

Penny Pritzker, Secretary

National Institute of Standards and Technology 

Patrick D. Gallagher, Under Secretary of Commerce for Standards and Technology and Director 
Page ii 3/2014

Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY..................................................................................................... 1

1 Introduction ................................................................................................................. 2

2 Background .................................................................................................................. 3

3 Methodology................................................................................................................ 4

3.1 Approach .......................................................................................................................... 4

3.2 Identifying DHS Processes and End Users........................................................................... 5

3.2.1 Concept Maps.......................................................................................................................6

3.2.2 Selecting Processes for Review.............................................................................................6

3.3 Interview Protocol............................................................................................................. 7

4 Interview Results by Organization................................................................................. 8

4.1 U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS).............................................................. 9

4.1.1 Process Overview..................................................................................................................9

4.1.2 Tasks and Users.....................................................................................................................9

4.1.3 Equipment and Context of Use...........................................................................................10

4.1.4 Interviewee Reported Challenges and Opportunities........................................................10

4.2 Transportation and Security Administration (TSA).............................................................10

4.2.1 Passenger and Carry-On Item Screening ............................................................................11

4.2.1.1 Process Overview.......................................................................................................................11

4.2.1.2 Tasks and Users .........................................................................................................................11

4.2.1.3 Equipment and Context of Use..................................................................................................12

4.2.2 Checked Baggage Screening ...............................................................................................12

4.2.2.1 Process Overview.......................................................................................................................12

4.2.2.2 Tasks and Users .........................................................................................................................13

4.2.2.3 Equipment and Context of Use..................................................................................................13

4.2.3 Interviewee Reported Challenges and Opportunities........................................................13

4.3 U.S. Coast Guard (USCG)...................................................................................................14

4.3.1 Alien Migrant Interdiction ..................................................................................................14

4.3.1.1 Process Overview.......................................................................................................................14

4.3.2 Drug and Explosive Interdiction..........................................................................................15

4.3.2.1 Process Overview.......................................................................................................................15

4.3.2.2 Tasks and Users .........................................................................................................................15

4.3.2.3 Equipment and Context of Use..................................................................................................15

4.3.3 Processing High-Interest Vessels........................................................................................16

4.3.3.1 Process Overview.......................................................................................................................16

4.3.3.2 Tasks and Users .........................................................................................................................16

4.3.3.3 Equipment and Context of Use..................................................................................................17

4.3.4 Interviewee Reported Challenges and Opportunities........................................................17

4.4 Customs and Border Protection (CBP)...............................................................................18

4.4.1 CBP Air and Marine.............................................................................................................18

4.4.1.1 Process Overview.......................................................................................................................18
Page iii 3/2014

4.4.1.2 Tasks and Users .........................................................................................................................19

4.4.1.3 Equipment and Context of Use..................................................................................................19

4.4.1.4 Interviewee Reported Challenges and Opportunities...............................................................20

4.4.2 Border Patrol.......................................................................................................................20

4.4.2.1 Process Overview.......................................................................................................................20

4.4.2.2 Tasks and Users .........................................................................................................................20

4.4.2.3 Equipment and Context of Use..................................................................................................21

4.4.2.4 Interviewee Reported Challenges and Opportunities...............................................................21

4.5 U.S. Immigrations and Customs Enforcement (ICE)............................................................22

4.5.1 Process Overview................................................................................................................22

4.5.2 Tasks and Users...................................................................................................................23

4.5.3 Equipment and Context of Use...........................................................................................23

4.5.4 Interviewee Reported Issues and Opportunities................................................................23

4.6 Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA)..............................................................23

4.6.1 Disaster Coordination, Support and Logistics Division .......................................................24

4.6.1.1 Process Overview.......................................................................................................................24

4.6.1.2 Tasks and Users .........................................................................................................................24

4.6.1.3 Equipment and Context of Use..................................................................................................25

4.6.2 FEMA Security Division .......................................................................................................25

4.6.2.1 Process Overview.......................................................................................................................25

4.6.2.2 Tasks and Users .........................................................................................................................26

4.6.2.3 Equipment and Context of Use..................................................................................................26

4.6.3 Interviewee Reported Issues and Opportunities................................................................26

5 Equipment and High-Level Mapping to Standards ....................................................... 26

5.1 Equipment Use by Directorates ........................................................................................27

5.2 Mapping Devices and Standards.......................................................................................28

5.3 Interviewee Identified Challenges and Future Technology Needs.......................................30

6 Discussion................................................................................................................... 31

6.1 DHS Software Applications and Interfaces.........................................................................32

6.2 Mobile Devices and Touch Interfaces................................................................................33

6.3 Biometrics........................................................................................................................34

6.4 Accessibility .....................................................................................................................35

7 Conclusion.................................................................................................................. 35

7.1 HSI Challenges Within DHS ...............................................................................................35

7.2 Understanding the Context of Use ....................................................................................36

7.3 Human-Centered Design Standards...................................................................................36

8 References.................................................................................................................. 39

Appendix A: Interview Questionnaire ............................................................................ 41

Appendix B: Feature Set and Corresponding Standards By Organization......................... 43

B.1: USCIS Service Center.......................................................................................................43
Page iv 3/2014

B.2: TSA.................................................................................................................................69

B.3: USCG – Alien Interdiction Unit and Drug Removal ............................................................83

B.4: CBP.................................................................................................................................99

B.5: ICE................................................................................................................................128

B.6: FEMA............................................................................................................................150

Appendix C: Contacts Within DHS Directorates .............................................................169

C.1: U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS)..........................................................169

C.2: Transportation and Security Administration (TSA)..........................................................169

C.3: U.S. Coast Guard (USCG)................................................................................................170

C.4: Customs and Border Protection (CBP)............................................................................170

C.5: U.S. Immigrations and Customs Enforcement (ICE).........................................................170

C.6: Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA)...........................................................170
Page v 3/2014

List of Tables and Figures

TABLE 1: DEVICE USE BY DIRECTORATE..............................................................................................................27

TABLE 2: STANDARDS ADDRESSING DEVICE AND/OR DEVICE COMPONENT BY DIRECTORATES USING THAT 

DEVICE........................................................................................................................................................28

TABLE 4: TSA DEVICES AND EXISTING STANDARDS...........................................................................................70

TABLE 5: USCG DEVICES AND RELATED STANDARDS.........................................................................................84

TABLE 6: CBP DEVICES AND RELATED STANDARDS..........................................................................................100

TABLE 7: ICE DEVICES AND RELATED STANDARDS ...........................................................................................128

TABLE 8: FEMA DEVICES AND RELATED STANDARDS ......................................................................................151

FIGURE 1: LANDSCAPE VIEW OF FEATURE SET.......................................................................................................5

FIGURE 2: A CONCEPT MAP OF THE DHS ORGANIZATION......................................................................................6

DISCLAIMER

This document has been prepared by the National Institute of Standards and 

Technology (NIST) and describes standards research in support of the NIST 

usability program.

Certain commercial entities, equipment, or material may be identified in this 

document in order to describe a concept adequately. Such identification is not 

intended to imply recommendation or endorsement by the National Institute of 

Standards and Technology, nor is it intended to imply that these entities, 

materials, or equipment are necessarily the best available for the purpose.
Page 1 3/2014

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) requires general human systems integration (HSI) 

criteria for the design and development of human-machine interfaces for the technology, 

systems, equipment, and facilities employed by its user population. HSI is the relationship 

between humans and their environment and in particular how systems are designed and used 

relative to that relationship with the goal of ensuring a safe and effective environment that meets 

the mission. In general, HSI includes the integration of hardware, software and processes 

(including the acquisition process and the design process).

However, systematically adopting and applying HSI criteria within DHS may pose a challenge 

because of the Department’s large and extremely varied user population. The DHS personnel 

who operate and maintain the department’s technology and systems carry out a variety of 

different tasks in operating environments ranging from airports and border points of entry to 

subways and Coast Guard vessels. Other DHS users include public health officials; state and 

local first responders; travelers to be screened; bystanders; and the general public. 

In this phase of the effort, NIST applied a user-centered design (UCD) approach for the DHS 

organization in order to determine how existing HSI standards identified in the prior phase can 

be mapped to DHS needs, technology, and processes. Researchers identified core, high-impact 

processes performed by different DHS directorates, then interviewed and (when possible) 

“shadowed” end users who performed those tasks. The information collected during the 

interview process allowed the team to identify the feature sets (e.g., device interface 

characteristics) of the equipment used by end users, map those features to existing HSI standards, 

and begin to identify any gaps not addressed by those standards. 

The results of this study highlighted five areas of critical need for HSI standards related to 

interfaces: 

1. Real-time non-local software applications, which are vital to many of the tasks performed 

by DHS end users.

2. Hand-held and mobile devices, such as smartphones and tablet computers, which many 

interviewees identified as being critical to mission success in the future.

3. Touch interfaces, which are the default means of interaction with almost all 

contemporary mobile devices.

4. Interfaces for biometric collection devices, in terms of usability and languageindependent symbols for multi-cultural user populations.

5. Accessibility for both DHS agents and the populations with whom they interact; this 

applies to Web pages, application interfaces, and biometric collection processes.

Finally, DHS could benefit from incorporating HSI and human-centered design standards (such 

as ISO 9241-210, ISO/IEC TR 25060, and ISO/IEC 25062) into its technology development and 

acquisition processes. Doing so will ensure that DHS equipment and processes are appropriate 

to their context of use, which in turn will help the Department’s end users complete their tasks 

more efficiently and effectively, with fewer adverse effects to their health and safety; increase 

accessibility and sustainability; and increase user satisfaction as a whole.
Page 2 3/2014

1 INTRODUCTION

The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) requires general human systems integration (HSI) 

criteria for the design and development of human-machine interfaces for their technology, 

systems, equipment, and facilities. The goal of the DHS Science & Technology (S&T) Human 

Factors and Behavioral Science Division Human System Engineering Project is to identify, 

develop, and apply a standard process to enhance technology and system design, system safety, 

and operational efficiency.

The project manager partnered with the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) 

Visualization and Usability Group (VUG) in furtherance of this effort.

1

 As part of its mission, 

NIST performs research to develop the technical basis for standards related to measurement, 

equipment specifications, procedures, and quality control benchmarks for industrial processes 

(among others), for organizations and users in industry, academia, government, and other 

sectors, while remaining objective and vendor-neutral. VUG, part of the NIST Information 

Technology Laboratory, conducts research in HSI and human-computer interaction (HCI) 

technologies. Members of VUG are also active on the International Organization for 

Standardization (ISO) Technical Committees Working Groups in HCI.

NIST’s work on this project consists of three phases:

1. Identify and review the body of publicly available existing human factors and HSI 

standards, best practices, and guidelines for applicability to DHS.

2. Apply a user-centered design (UCD) approach for the DHS organization in order to 

determine how existing HSI standards can be mapped to DHS needs, technology, and 

processes.

3. Determine where DHS may need to augment existing HSI standards and/or create new 

DHS HSI standards to meet organizational needs. 

Simply put, HSI is the relationship between humans and their environment and in particular how 

systems are designed and used relative to that relationship with the goal of ensuring a safe and 

effective environment that meets the mission. In general, HSI includes the integration of 

hardware, software and processes (including the acquisition process and the design process).

HSI design criteria, principles, and practices will benefit DHS by:

• improving performance of personnel,

• reducing skill and personnel requirements and training time,

• enhancing the usability, safety, acceptability and affordability of technology and systems, 

and

 

1

S&T also sponsored NIST’s work on the Human System Engineering Project.
Page 3 3/2014

• achieving the required reliability and productivity of personnel-equipment combinations 

[2][12].

But most importantly for DHS, HSI Design Criteria Standards will foster design standardization 

and interoperability within and among DHS systems.

2 BACKGROUND

In Phase 1 of this project, the NIST team identified and reviewed the body of existing human 

factors and HSI standards, best practices, and guidelines, with the goal of later mapping these 

standards to DHS needs, technology, and processes. The mapping exercise would also help the 

NIST team identify where DHS may need to augment existing HSI standards and/or create new 

standards to meet organizational needs.

HSI emphasizes human considerations as the top priority in systems design/acquisition to reduce 

life cycle costs and optimize system performance [13]. Essentially, HSI is the relationship 

between humans and their environment – particularly how systems are designed and used 

relative to that relationship with the goal of ensuring a safe and effective environment that meets 

the mission. Generally HSI includes the integration of hardware, software and processes 

(including the acquisition process and the design process). In short, HSI is about improving the 

usability of technology. The International Standards Organization (ISO) defines usability as "the 

extent to which a product can be used by specified users to achieve specified goals with 

effectiveness, efficiency and satisfaction in a specified context of use" [4].

Although numerous Federal standards exist that establish general HSI and human engineering 

criteria for design and development of systems, equipment, and facilities (including DoD MILSTD-1472G Department of Defense Design Criteria Standard and NASA-STD-3000 ManSystems Integration Standards, among others), each of these standards also contains very 

domain-specific information and focuses on specialized populations, types of systems, and 

system functions.

In contrast, the DHS user populations’ characteristics are varied. The populations encompass not 

only Federal civil servants who operate and maintain the department’s technology and systems, 

but also a variety of other personnel, including public health officials; state and local first 

responders; travelers to be screened; bystanders; and the general public. Therefore DHS must 

consider a much broader range of user dimensions, characteristics, abilities, and ages than those 

populations addressed by the existing standards. DHS operating environments are also very 

diverse, ranging from airports and border points of entry to subways and Coast Guard vessels. 

Thus the existing standards may not be applicable based on differences in the populations and 

specific domains or context of use. 

The NIST team’s goal for this phase of the project was to identify and interview selected DHS 

end users of a critical, selected process for each DHS directorate. In doing so, the team expected 

to better understand the process and to identify the main tasks within the scope of the process, 

the technologies and devices used to complete those tasks, issues or problems associated with 

completing those tasks, technology-related opportunities to improve those tasks. The 
Page 4 3/2014

information collected during the interview process allowed the team to identify the feature sets 

(e.g., device interface characteristics) of the equipment used by the end users involved in those 

processes, map those features to existing HSI standards, and begin to identify any gaps not 

addressed by those standards. 

3 METHODOLOGY

This section describes the approach and methodology used to gather information on DHS needs, 

technologies, and processes.

3.1 APPROACH

Putting together a detailed picture of what a particular product will be used for, how, by whom, 

and where, is critical to HSI. It is also the first step in the user-centered design (UCD) process, 

which, like HSI, is based upon the principle that human considerations should drive technology 

design and acquisition. Essentially, these human considerations are:

1) what tasks the target end user population performs; 

2) the processes, technologies, and devices they use; and 

3) the context of use in which they operate.2

For purposes of this study, the elements in the context of use include: the subject of the context 

of use description (e.g., a product, system, or service, as well as its purpose and summary of 

preconditions); user groups, goals, tasks, and environments. 

The UCD approach, while appropriate for the purposes of this project, is time- and resourceintensive even when conducted on a small scale; in contrast, the scope of this project included 

the operations within all DHS directorates. Therefore, this review employed a modified version 

of the approach. The scope of the review is limited to core, high-impact DHS operations that 

could potentially benefit the most from the application of existing and new standards,

particularly specialized “off-the-desktop, out-of-the-office” processes that were unlikely to be 

addressed by standards for tasks, systems, and applications associated with more generic office 

operations. 

The goal of this approach was to develop a “landscape view” of the tasks involved in the 

identified core high-impact processes and, in turn, the personnel roles and equipment used to 

carry out those tasks. The research team, based on its human factors background and expertise, 

determined that the most effective method of task analysis available to was to interview end 

users – in other words, DHS employees who carried out the tasks associated with the processes 

selected for review. The interviewees walked members of the research team through their 

 

2

The draft International Standard (DIS) ISO/IEC 25063: Systems and software engineering – Systems and software

product Quality Requirements and Evaluation (SQuaRE) – Common Industry Format (CIF) for usability: Context of 

Use Description “specifies the contents of both high-level and detailed descriptions of context of use for an existing, 

intended, designed or implemented system. The context of use description is applicable to software and hardware 

systems, products or services.” [7]
Page 5 3/2014

particular tasks and work processes [3]. When possible, researchers also observed the 

interviewees at work. The context of use elements described above served as the driving factor 

for the data collected by interviewing and “job shadowing” end users.

As illustrated in Figure 1 below, the landscape view the researchers developed for each process 

provided a basis for compiling an associated feature set – the set of interface features for the 

equipment used in the process.

Figure 1: Landscape View of Feature Set

Developing a feature set for a given process made it possible to effectively and appropriately 

map existing standards (specifically, those identified in Phase 1) to that process, and identify 

gaps where existing standards will need to be tailored to meet the needs of DHS or entirely new 

standards may be required.

3.2 IDENTIFYING DHS PROCESSES AND END USERS

This subsection describes how the research team employed a technique called concept mapping 

to better understand the DHS organization and its structure, and how the team subsequently 

selected and identified end users from each directorate to interview.

Standard Standard Standard

DHS Services

Processes

Processes

Tasks

Tasks

Roles/

Technology

Roles/

Technology

Equipment

Equipment

Feature Set
Page 6 3/2014

3.2.1 Concept Maps

Generally speaking, concept maps are graphical tools used for organizing and representing 

knowledge. Nodes or concepts (e.g., ideas, images or words) are usually represented as boxes or 

circles, with connecting lines representing the pertinent relationships between and among them. 

A well-made concept map is developed within a context frame defined by an explicit “focus 

question” or area of interest.

The NIST team created a series of concept maps representing the DHS organizational structure,

high-level processes, and end users associated with those processes. The maps provided an 

interactive visual representation of the DHS organization, relationships between directorates, and 

end users. Each organizational unit is represented by a clickable box link. These links allow one 

to “drill down” from the directorates to their component divisions to the offices within them and 

so forth. For example, clicking on a box for the Office of the Secretary would display the 

divisions within (e.g., Privacy Office, Office of Legislative Affairs).

The concept map in Figure 2 shows the hierarchical relationship of directorates within the DHS 

organization. 

Figure 2: A Concept Map of the DHS Organization

The concept mapping technique provided a mechanism to organize vast amounts of information

in an easily retrievable manner. The maps were useful as an aid in understanding the 

relationships among various directorates, offices, and end users within DHS, while also 

providing a visual representation of that information to facilitate discussions regarding these 

concepts. 

3.2.2 Selecting Processes for Review 

The Department of Homeland Security has many offices and directorates, each with varied and 

numerous responsibilities to secure the nation from the many threats facing it. Working with the 
Page 7 3/2014

DHS Human Factors/Behavioral Sciences Division program manager, the research team

identified the offices and directorates within DHS that have operational processes where the 

application of existing and new standards are expected to be of benefit. The identified 

directorates included:

• U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS)

• Transportation and Security Administration (TSA)

• U.S. Coast Guard (USCG)

• Customs and Border Protection (CBP)

• U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE)

• Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA)

• U.S. Secret Service (USSS)

DHS liaison and supervisory staff worked together with members of the NIST team to identify

and select candidate processes, typically one (although sometimes two or three) from each 

directorate. DHS staff then provided the NIST team with contact information for DHS 

personnel, who the team could then iterview regarding each selected process and its associated 

equipment requirements and context of use.

In some cases, the interviews with the initial points of contact in each directorate provided the 

NIST team with contact information for and access to more appropriate contact personnel, with 

whom subsequent interviews, observations, or tours were scheduled, e.g., TSA, USCIS, CBP. In 

other cases, the initial interviews provided the necessary information regarding the appropriate 

DHS end users and tasks, e.g., FEMA, USCG. A list of contacts for each directorate is available 

in Appendix C. 

3.3 INTERVIEW PROTOCOL

The primary methodology used in this study was an interview guided by a questionnaire, 

provided in Appendix A. The questionnaire was developed by NIST personnel and vetted 

through contacts at DHS prior to subsequent end-user interviews. The questionnaire was 

intended to identify:

• the main tasks performed by the end users that were interviewed;

• the context of use in which users performed those tasks;

• the technologies, devices, sub-processes, and sub-tasks users employed to complete those

tasks; and

• any technology-related challenges or opportunities the users perceived in regards to those 

tasks.

• As mentioned in Sec. 3.1, these interviews were supplemented with “job shadowing” 

when possible.

The NIST team identified the human interface components for each technology device type 

interviewees reported using. The interview data is summarized in Sec. 4. Once the equipment 

was identified, the mapped that equipment and its associated interface features to relevant,

existing standards. The mapping of equipment to standards is given in Sec. 5.2. A more detailed 

mapping of equipment with component features to standards is provided in Appendix B. 
Page 8 3/2014

Similarly, these data mappings provide an avenue to identify the gaps in existing standards for 

reported equipment components. Sec. 6 summarizes and discusses the findings of this review.

4 INTERVIEW RESULTS BY ORGANIZATION

This section summarizes the information gathered during the interviews described in the 

previous section. With the assistance of DHS personnel, the NIST team investigated processes 

from the following directorates:

• U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS)

• Transportation and Security Administration (TSA)

• U.S. Coast Guard (USCG)

• Customs and Border Protection (CBP)

• U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE)

• Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA)

• U.S. Secret Service (USSS)3

Using the methodology described in the previous section, the NIST team collected the following 

information: 

• Organization name

• Process overview

• Process use, i.e., how often the process is executed 

• Tasks and users

• Equipment used with context of use, e.g., environmental and special operating 

conditions

• Technology-related challenges and process-improvement opportunities

Given the diversity of operations conducted by different DHS directorates, the final data 

collection process varied somewhat from directorate to directorate. For instance, data gathering 

from FEMA, USCG and ICE took the form of a series of interviews with high-level stakeholders 

and field supervisors at their offices. Information collected from CBP included interviews with 

supervisors at their offices and with CBP agents on the NIST campus. TSA data collection 

consisted of interviews with supervisors and transportation security officers (TSOs) as well as 

tours designed to provide direct examples of the processes used and challenges faced in the field. 

USCIS information collection included interviews with high-level personnel and supervisors, as 

well as direct observations at a USCIS Service Center. Futher, all information gathered was the 

result of a relatively few interviews per process and the data presented here is meant to represent 

the landscape view, and is not to be interpreted as an exhaustive study of each process. 

The following subsections summarize the interview information collected from each of the 

selected directorates within DHS.

 

3

Secret Service end users were not available to participate in this study.
Page 9 3/2014

4.1 U.S. CITIZENSHIP AND IMMIGRATION SERVICES (USCIS)

The U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) oversees lawful immigration to the 

United States. Globally, USCIS has 250 offices and over 18,000 employees. USCIS provides 

avenues for legal immigration into the United States, through services provided online, over the 

telephone, and at physical service centers. The directorate processes applications for, and issues, 

credentials such as visas, green cards, and passports. In addition, USCIS processes applications 

for U.S. citizenship. 

4.1.1 Process Overview 

The review focused on the USCIS process of collecting biometric information from applicants 

for U.S. benefits, i.e., visas or Green Cards. In 2011, USCIS collected biometric data from 2.9 

million applicants. This process is typically performed at USCIS service centers, such as the 

USCIS Application Support Center in Wheaton, MD, where staff demonstrated and walked the 

research team through the process.

The process begins when an immigrant applicant contacts USCIS and receives an application via 

USPS mail, along with an appointment to visit the nearest support center. When the applicant 

arrives, he or she presents identification (ID) and the completed application to a guard. The 

guard checks the applicant’s ID, application, and appointment time. If there are no problems, the 

guard gives the applicant a number and advises him or her to have a seat in the waiting room.

When the applicant’s number is called, the applicant submits his or her identification and 

paperwork to a receptionist. The receptionist directs the applicant to the next available biometric 

capture station. The USCIS agent manning the biometric capture station scans the barcode 

located on the application and then directs the applicant’s biometric information collection. This 

biometric information consists of the applicant’s photograph, signature, and full set of 

fingerprints. The fingerprints are captured both electronically – using a scanner – and by “roll,” 

using ink and paper. 

4.1.2 Tasks and Users

Immigrant applicant

• Request USCIS application and appointment

• Attend appointment with completed application and valid ID

• Present hands for fingerprints on the fingerprint scanner

• Present hands for inked fingerprints

• Pose for face photograph 

• Sign signature pad

Guard

• Verify applicant’s application and identification paperwork 
Page 10 3/2014

USCIS Agent 

• Complete the data entry taken from applicant paperwork

• Explain the biometrics capture procedure

• Capture the applicant’s slap fingerprints electronically 

• Capture the applicant’s rolled fingerprints manually using ink

• Capture a digital photo of the applicant’s face

• Instruct applicant to sign the signature pad

4.1.3 Equipment and Context of Use

Equipment:

• Digital camera 

• Computer with customized enrollment software (for USCIS agents)

• Keyboard (no mouse)

• Monitor 

• Fingerprint capture device

• Electronic signature pad 

• Fingerprint cards and ink (for rolled inked prints)

• Barcode scanner

• Workstation with applicant seating (for applicants)

All centers have the same equipment. Each center also has a biometric capture station that is 

accessible for children and applicants in wheelchairs. The environmental conditions at the 

centers are those of an indoor setting.

4.1.4 Interviewee Reported Challenges and Opportunities

During the interview, USCIS agents reported that most tasks within the application process are 

completed manually and some of the paper tasks could be performed electronically. They noted 

that even before the biometric collection process begins, the citizenship application and

appointment time must be mailed to the applicant. One interviewee suggested that replacing or 

supplementing the manual process with some type of electronic process – such as providing webstyle application submission and appointment selection features – would reduce the burden of the 

current paper-intensive process on center employees and applicants. 

4.2 TRANSPORTATION AND SECURITY ADMINISTRATION (TSA)

The Transportation Security Administration (TSA) is charged with safeguarding the Nation’s 

transportation systems. To protect freedom of movement for the traveling public as well as 

commerce, TSA screens all commercial airline passengers and baggage, while also screening air 

cargo, in order to identify potential threats. 

TSA employs close to 50,000 Transportation Security Officers (TSOs), who are stationed at the 

more than 450 airports nationwide and screen approximately 1.7 million passengers each day. 

Additionally, TSA employs 2,800 Behavior Detection Officers, 400 TSA explosive specialists, 
Page 11 3/2014

thousands of Federal Air Marshalls, and 800 explosive detection canine teams. To date, 

approximately 500 advanced image technology machines are deployed at airports nationwide. 

TSA also screens 100 percent of the cargo transported on domestic and international-bound 

passenger aircraft.

In TSA’s case, there were two related processes that fell within the scope of the review: first, the 

process for screening passengers and their carry-on items, and second, the process for screening 

their checked baggage.

4.2.1 Passenger and Carry-On Item Screening 

4.2.1.1 Process Overview 

The passenger process begins when a traveler presents his or her ticket and ID to the TSO at the 

security check-in line at an airport on the way to the departing flight. The TSO checks the 

passenger’s ID with a black light to verify that it is valid. The TSO then verifies the boarding 

pass for matching ID information. 

The passenger proceeds to the X-ray scanner, where he or she places all carry-on objects on the 

x-ray scanner belt and proceeds to the next TSO agent. The TSO agent determines whether or 

not to send the passenger through a body image scanner (where available) or metal detector. 

While the passenger is being scanned, his or her carry-on objects are X-rayed for prohibited 

objects and substances. If the luggage scanner operator detects any items that may be prohibited,

he or she alerts another TSO agent to search the carry-on item (after obtaining permission from 

the passenger), swab the carry-on for explosive trace detection, or use a liquid scanner, as 

appropriate to the situation. 

4.2.1.2 Tasks and Users 

Traveler

• Present ID and ticket to TSO at security area

• Deposit all carry-on objects in bin on conveyor belt

• Walk through whole body imaging or metal detector

• Collect carry-on objects and proceed to gate 

TSO – Passenger and carry-on check 

• Verify traveler’s ID and ticket information with black light 

• Scan carry-on luggage as it passes through x-ray machine

• Swab suspicious carry-on objects for chemicals and/or explosives and process in 

chemical detector

• Check any suspicious liquids in carry-on objects for dangerous, hazardous, and/or 

prohibited liquids using liquid scanner 

• Observe passengers as they walk through the metal detector or whole body imaging 

devcies
Page 12 3/2014

• If the walk-through metal detector alarm sounded, scan passenger with hand-held metal 

detector 

TSO –Remote whole body imaging 

• Examine the whole body scan image for suspicious areas

• Alert TSO at passenger check point if suspicious areas are detected

4.2.1.3 Equipment and Context of Use 

Equipment:

• Hand-held black light 

• Walk-through metal detector

• Hand-held (wand) metal detector

• Whole body image scanner, with monitor

• Monitor for carry-on luggage scanner (single or dual)

• Chemical detection device

• Swab and explosive trace detection scanner

• Liquid scanner to check for any dangerous, hazardous, and/or prohibited liquids

• Cast and prosthesis scanner

• Keyboard

• Software

• X-ray scanner

The airport environment is indoors with typical heating/cooling/lighting. Conditions can be 

noisy and dusty. A conveyer/scanner station includes the conveyance table(s), scanner, scanner 

monitor(s), keyboard, conveyer and scanning controls, and associated software. A podium may 

also be used by TSOs when checking tickets and IDs. Except for the remote (i.e., whole-body 

imaging) scanning, routine scanning is performed in a public setting.

4.2.2 Checked Baggage Screening

4.2.2.1 Process Overview 

Scanning checked luggage is typically an automated procedure unless anomalies are 

encountered. Circumstances at purchase or ticketing can flag baggage for additional scrutiny, 

e.g., baggage associated with a one-way ticket or a ticket that was purchased with cash. 

Additionally, if the automated scanning process detects suspect areas within a piece of baggage, 

that item is also flagged for further screening. Flagged luggage is subjected to additional x-ray 

or computed tomography (CT) scans, depending upon the available scanners, and possibly 

manual checks using explosive and chemical detectors and liquid scanners, as the situation 

dictates.
Page 13 3/2014

4.2.2.2 Tasks and Users 

Traveler

• Check lugguage at ticketing counter

TSO

• Scan luggage as it passes through x-ray machine

• Manually search any suspicious lugguage: swab to detect chemicals, test any suspicious 

substances with liquid and/or explosive detection scanner as appropriate

4.2.2.3 Equipment and Context of Use 

Equipment:

• Monitor for luggage scanner (single or dual)

• X-ray or CT scanner

• Barcode scanner

• Swab and explosive detection scanner

• Chemical detection scanner

• Liquid scanner to check for any dangerous, hazardous, and/or prohibited liquids

• Keyboard

• Software

The airport environment is indoors with typical heating/cooling/lighting. Conditions can be 

noisy and dusty. 

4.2.3 Interviewee Reported Challenges and Opportunities

Interviewees reported that one of the biggest challenges was the differences in equipment 

intended for the same task. Not only did equipment vary from airport to airport, but also within

the same airport inspection area between inspection lines. Some of the most common variations 

are fairly mundane, such as the monitors used for carry-on luggage scans. Some monitors are 

old, some are single, and some are dual – dual monitors have a distinct advantage in helping to 

reduce error rates because they provide sufficient screen real estate to allow multiple views of 

the same object from different angles. 

Another concern expressed was the battery life for the black lights used for ID scans. TSO 

agents wanted the option to tether the black lights to an outlet to eliminate this problem. 

Finally, interviewes expressed concerns about testing of equipment in labs versus the the 

working environement. For instance, some of the equipment used for security scanning, e.g., 

puff machines for trace detection, worked well in the lab but were never tested in a working 

environment, where dust later proved to be an issue. 
Page 14 3/2014

4.3 U.S. COAST GUARD (USCG)

The U.S. Coast Guard is the only military organization within DHS. Its mission is to safeguard 

the Nation’s maritime interests by protecting the maritime economy and environment, defending 

the Nation’s maritime borders, and saving those in peril. 

As part of that mission, the Coast Guard is tasked with enforcing immigration laws at sea. To do 

this, the USCG conducts patrols and coordinates with other Federal agencies and foreign 

countries to interdict undocumented migrants at sea, denying them entry via maritime routes to 

the U.S., its territories, and possessions. The USCG is also responsible for drug and explosives 

interdiction. Additionally, the USCG oversees the High-Interest Vessels (HIV) program, which 

is part of a larger, multifaceted effort to improve the USCG’s ability to identify and respond to 

vessels, cargoes, and crews that might pose security risks to the U.S. HIVs are processed 

offshore before entry into a U.S. port facility is granted. 

In this review, the NIST team examined the three processes described above, specifically:

• Interdiction of undocumented migrants at sea

• Drug and explosive interdiction

• Processing of HIVs

4.3.1 Alien Migrant Interdiction 

4.3.1.1 Process Overview 

Tasks related to the interdiction of possible aliens found at sea near U.S. borders involve a

USCG patrol cutter with approximately 16 crew members. When the crew suspects that a vessel 

is transporting illegal aliens, the cutter dispatches a small inflatable boat to bring the aliens to the 

cutter for processing. Once on board the cutter, each detainee is given a numbered wristband. 

Food, water and medical attention are provided as appropriate. The detainees are interviewed. 

The results are recorded in a hand-written log. Detainees also have their biometric information 

collected, in the form of two index fingerprints and a facial photo. The collected information is 

transferred to a laptop and a portable hard drive, and e-mailed to the command center for 

processing. The command center determines the port where each detainee is to be taken 

depending on whether the detainee 1) needs urgent medical care, 2) will be held for U.S. 

prosecution, or 3) released to their country of origin. This information is relayed to the cutter via 

telephone or radio.

The USCG reported 2,474 migrant interdictions in 2011.

Equipment:

• Biometric capture kits4 consisting of:

 

4

There are typically two kits on board; one primary and one backup.
Page 15 3/2014

o Laptop

o Fingerprint capture device

o Camera

• Keyboard

The operating environment is shipboard: in other words, ocean going ships in motion, with 

ambient conditions such as salt water spray, all types of weather including bright sunshine 

(glare) and foul weather (moisture and humidity), night operations (darkness), and temperature 

extremes (heat and cold). Smaller, inflatable boats are used to transport detainees to the cutter 

for processing.

The typical Migrant Interdiction Unit member’s equipment includes: backpack, life jacket, flak 

jacket (for use on an inflatable boat – the boat to transport detainees), weapon(s) and weapon 

belt. Some personnel also wear gloves, potentially impacting interface operation of some 

devices.

4.3.2 Drug and Explosive Interdiction 

4.3.2.1 Process Overview 

If a ship is suspected of carrying drugs or explosives, USCG crew members access the ship 

(using smaller craft or helicopters) to verify the ship’s cargo and personnel manifest, as well as 

take swipes (samples) using swabs, place them in plastic bags and take them back to the cutter to 

test for narcotics or explosives using an ion scanner. If necessary, crew members will use bore 

scopes to ascertain if the cargo contained in the ship’s hold(s) is contraband. If drugs,

explosives, or other contraband are detected, the crew is detained and the contraband is 

confiscated. 

The USCG reported for 2011 that it apprehended 205,000 pounds of narcotics, detained 191 

suspected smugglers, and in 40 vessel interdictions removed 75 metric tons of cocaine and 18 

metric tons of marijuana.

4.3.2.2 Tasks and Users 

Coast Guard Personnel

• Swab suspected object for drugs or explosives and place swipe into plastic bag

• If unable to access hold, drill holes in vessel tanks using bore scope to check voids

4.3.2.3 Equipment and Context of Use 

Equipment:

• Chemical detection device

• Explosive trace detection device

• Ion scanner (for explosive and narcotics detection)

• Bore scope
Page 16 3/2014

The operating environment is shipboard: in other words, ocean going ships in motion, with 

ambient conditions such as salt water spray, all types of weather including bright sunshine 

(glare) and foul weather (moisture and humidity), night operations (darkness), and temperature 

extremes (heat and cold). 

The typical Drug and Explosive Unit member’s equipment includes: backpack, life jacket, flak 

jacket (for use while accessing the vessel undergoing testing), weapon(s) and weapon belt. Some 

personnel also wear gloves, potentially impacting interface operation of some devices.

4.3.3 Processing High-Interest Vessels 

4.3.3.1 Process Overview 

U.S. regulations require that all U.S. and foreign commercial vessels over 300 gross tons and all 

vessels carrying certain dangerous cargo must submit a Notice of Arrival (NOA) to the National 

Vessel Movement Center at least 96 hours prior to arrival at a U.S. port. The Notice of Arrival 

contains information regarding the vessel identity, ownership and vessel operator, description of 

the cargo, crew information including identity, nationality, passport information, ship position 

and duties and where the crew member embarked, and finally, passenger identity information, if 

any passengers are on-board. 

Once the NOA is submitted, typically by the shipping company, the USCG reviews the attached 

crew member list and checks the crew members’ visas or C1/Ds5

against the submitted crew 

manifest and biography information. The crew also checks this information against databases 

containing information on persons of interest. 

At a scheduled meeting prior to the ship’s anticipated arrival at port, a 4 to 8 person USCG 

enforcement unit meets the HIV off-shore. The enforcement unit travels to the HIV in a small 

boat or helicopter while an armed USCG support vessel remains in the area. After boarding, the 

unit does a safety exam, accounts for the crew members, verifies the notice of arrival, 

investigates any intelligence or law enforcement concerns, collects information to assist in 

determining whether to permit the vessel to enter the port, and verifies the cargo. The portion of 

the larger HIV screening process that was the focus of the interview was the aspect that pertained 

to reviewing personnel identity documents and screening the ships’ crew and passengers.

The USCG reported that 28.7 million crew members and passengers were screened prior to entry 

in U.S. ports in 2011.

4.3.3.2 Tasks and Users 

Shipping company personnel

• Provide NOA to the National Vessel Movement Center

 

5

Non-immigrant visa.
Page 17 3/2014

Crew members and passengers

• Provide identity document(s)

• Participate in screening

Coast Guard personnel

• Prior to boarding the HIV: 

o Review crew members’/passengers’ visa or C1/Ds 

o Verify biographies against crew mainifest

o Check for persons of interest in other databases

• On arrival at HIV off-shore, verify crew and passenger identities for conditional entry

4.3.3.3 Equipment and Context of Use 

Equipment:

• Computer

• Keyboard

The operating environment is shipboard: in other words, ocean going ships in motion, with 

ambient conditions such as salt water spray, all types of weather including bright sunshine 

(glare) and foul weather (moisture and humidity), and temperature extremes (heat and cold). 

The typical HIV unit member’s equipment includes: backpack, life jacket, flak jacket (for use 

while accessing the vessel undergoing screening), weapon(s) and weapon belt. Some personnel 

also wear gloves, potentially impacting interface operation of some devices.

4.3.4 Interviewee Reported Challenges and Opportunities

Interviewees reported that they have many environmental issues that impact their ability to 

process detainees and to complete their tasks. Specifically, they reported the following issues: 

• Collecting nighttime photographs is made difficult by the lack of an adequate flash 

• The platen on the fingerprint scanner used in the biometric capture kit can fog if the glass 

is cold and the outside temperature is too hot, Additionally, it accumulates dirt quickly 

• Glare on the fingerprint scanner platen affects usable fingerprint capture, requiring the 

platen to be shaded

• All portable devices must have a tether

• All portable equipment needs to withstand falls of six feet

• All equipment needs to have a long battery life and be easily rechargeable

• Size and space for storage is extremely important due to storage constraints on the vessel 

Interviewees highlighted the following opportunities for process improvement: 

• Improve biometrics processing results turn-around times to reduce crews’ threat risk by 

questionable detainees
Page 18 3/2014

• Deploy facial recognition software for biometric collection process

• Improve biometric capture devices with language-independent symbols

• Develop and deploy an improved fingerprint scanner platen that does not require cleaning 

or can be cleaned easily

One of the largest overarching issues highlighted by interviewees was the testing of equipment in 

the workplace environment prior to purchase or a user-centered design (UCD) process with endto-end testing, providing realistic context of use while testing. The interviewees said that all 

equipment needs to be tested for vibration, falls and drops, and waterproofing before being 

deployed in a working environment. 

4.4 CUSTOMS AND BORDER PROTECTION (CBP)

Customs and Border Protection (CBP) has a priority mission of preventing terrorists and terrorist 

weapons from entering the United States. The directorate’s other responsibilities include 

securing the nation’s borders and ports of entry and furthering lawful international travel and 

trade while enforcing U.S. immigration, import, and drug laws.

The NIST team interviewed representatives from the CBP Air and Marine division, which is 

responsible for customs enforcement, and the Border Patrol, which guards against illegal entry 

into the U.S. via land routes.

4.4.1 CBP Air and Marine

The Air and Marine division’s primary responsibility is conducting field operations for ship and 

airline entry ports, where they process U.S. citizens and foreign nationals into the country, often 

referred to as passing through customs. For foreign national visitors, the screening is called

USVisit, and involves some additional tasks (e.g., fingerprinting). Air and Marine screens these 

visitors and returning citizens for threats to American security, including proper documents and 

admissible visas. There are approximately 20,000 CBP Air and Marine officers in the field. CBP 

Air and Marine processed approximately 340,000,000 passengers through customs at U.S. ports 

of entry in 2011.

4.4.1.1 Process Overview 

The customs process begins when airline carriers send passenger reservation information to DHS 

72 hours prior to the passengers’ scheduled travel time. Each of the passengers’ data is checked 

against the no-fly list, outstanding warrants, immigration violations, and so on, and subsequently 

sent back to the carrier. For visa waiver countries, determining the eligibility of passengers is 

accomplished using a web-based application. 

The primary customs inspection occurs when a passenger arrives at a U.S. port of entry. At this 

time, a CBP Air and Marine officer checks all passengers’ identity and travel documents. The 

officer also conducts a brief interview with all passengers. For U.S. citizens, this is the extent of

the process. Foreign nationals must go through an additional process known as US-VISIT.
Page 19 3/2014

If a passanger is a foreign national, the CBP officer checks his/her visa, identity, documents, and 

biometrics, i.e., fingerprints and facial photo, to determine admissibility to the United States. 

The visa informs the officer if biometrics are on file or if prints need to be collected. Regardless 

of whether the individual’s prints are on file or not, the CBP officer always captures them – to 

verify the identity of the foreign national if his/her prints are already in the system, or to enroll 

them in the system if they are not. The officer determines the length of the passenger’s visit, 

admission status, and biometric results. This primary inspection process typically takes two 

minutes per passenger. If there are any issues requiring further attention, the passenger

undergoes a secondary screening process.

4.4.1.2 Tasks and Users 

Passenger at U.S. Port of Entry

• Present ID and travel documents at port of entry (all passengers)

• Present hands for biometric collection (foreign nationals)

• Pose for face photo (foreign nationals)

• Answer interview questions (all passengers, conducted concurrently with other tasks)

CBP Officer

• Review travel documents 

• Ask questions about visit and duration

• Scan passport document using passport scanner

• Capture fingerprints using fingerprint scanner (for foreign nationals)

• Capture photograph using camera (for foreign nationals)

4.4.1.3 Equipment and Context of Use 

Equipment:

• Workstation

• Fingerprint capture device

• Passport document scanner

• Camera

• Computer/Laptop

• Keyboard

• Monitor

• Software

The officers have a workstation, fingerprint scanner, passport document scanner (to read the 

radio-frequency identification [RFID] chips embedded in passports), and a camera. The customs 

booths vary in configuration and may be as simple as a small table. Sometimes counter height is 

an issue for shorter passengers. However, the counter is generally designed to serve as a safety 

barrier for officers: therefore a number of factors must be considered when addressing this 

human factors issue. This process is routinely conducted at indoor facilities with typical indoor 

facility lighting and environmental controls, but may be dusty and noisy.
Page 20 3/2014

4.4.1.4 Interviewee Reported Challenges and Opportunities 

Interviewees reported the following challenges and potential process improvement opportunities: 

Some facility environmental conditions pose challenges for the screening process. In many 

cases, the lighting and background in customs stations is not conducive to taking adequate facial 

photographs of passengers passing through customs. At these stations, there is also a

considerable amount of airport noise, affecting the interview process. Also, dust adversely 

affects the equipment. 

RFID chips in passports allow electronic passing of some screenee information. However, these 

chips often fail before the passport document itself expires. Also, foreign passports are 

sometimes not of high quality, resulting in slow read rates. In such cases, officers can perform a 

manual query faster than the electronic approach. However, this is slower than the fully 

functional electronic approach.

The paperwork aspect of the screening process could be made more efficient if a paperless 

process were instituted. The current process requires paperwork to be stamped and this takes 

extra time. Interviewees recognized the need to maintain a manual process for certain cases.

Interviewees see advantages and the potential for additional efficiencies if technologies such as 

Biometrics on the Move were incorporated into the screening process, replacing tasks that 

require them to direct passengers through the biometrics capture process, e.g., “stand here”, “take 

off your hat”, “move your hair” and so on. They see this technology as a potential means to 

improve other processes as well. 

4.4.2 Border Patrol 

The principal duties of Border Patrol agents include preventing terrorists and terrorist weapons 

from entering the U.S. at illegal ports of entry, detecting and preventing the smuggling and 

unlawful entry of undocumented aliens into the U.S., and apprehending those persons in 

violation of U.S. immigration laws. All of these duties protentially involve processing and 

collecting biometric data from detainees: this process is described below.

4.4.2.1 Process Overview 

The Border Patrol has approximately 143 centers with 1,000 workstations that process roughly

1,000 detainees per day. The agents pick up the detainee(s) in the field and take them to the 

closest field office. After entering the detainees’ biographic data into the CBP enrollment 

system, the agents collect fingerprints, iris images, and biographic data from detainees. 

In fiscal year 2011, the Border Patrol reported a total of 340,252 illegal alien apprehensions.

4.4.2.2 Tasks and Users 

Detainee

• Provide biographic data
Page 21 3/2014

• Present fingers for electronic fingerprinting 

• Pose for face photo 

• Present for iris scan

Border Patrol Officer

• Use binoculars and night vision devices, as appropriate

• Use radiation isotope identifier device, as appropriate

• Transport detainees from field to office 

• Collect biographic data using CBP administration software

• Collect fingerprints using fingerprint capture device

• Capture photo with digital camera

• Capture iris scan using iris scanner 

• As appropriate, take mobile unit to hospitals or morgues to collect biometrics, i.e., tenprint fingerprints, iris scan and facial image – mobile biometics unit contains fingerprint 

scanner, iris scanner, camera, and printer

4.4.2.3 Equipment and Context of Use 

Equipment:

• Computer workstation

• Enrollment camera

• Fingerprint capture device

• Iris scanner

• Enrollment software (both CBP biographic and biometric systems)

• Keyboard

• Monitor

• Night vision device

• RAD detection device

Field office workstation equipment includes a monitor, keyboard, software, enrollment camera, 

the iris scanner, and the fingerprint scanning device. Surveillance cameras are located around 

and throughout a CBP facility. Field equipment includes binoculars, night vision devices, and

radiation detection devices. There are environmental risks involved for the agents, including 

health risks from exposure to sick detainees and potential harm from armed individuals and flight 

risks.

4.4.2.4 Interviewee Reported Challenges and Opportunities 

The interviewees reported the following challenges and opportunities for process improvement: 

Border Patrol agents experience recurring problems with collecting biometric data. Facial 

capture images are often of very poor quality unless agents receive a lot of training to take good 

pictures. Like the Coast Guard, the Border Patrol has problems with fingerprint scanner platens 

getting dirty and impacting fingerprint quality. 
Page 22 3/2014

When connectivity is available, officers would like the capability to process detainees in the field 

to learn if the detainees have outstanding warrants and/or criminal records. The interviewees 

believe that this could increase officer safety.

Finally, agents would like the CBP-developed software used for enrollment to be changed to an

easy-to-use, wizard-like or web-style interface. 

4.5 U.S. IMMIGRATIONS AND CUSTOMS ENFORCEMENT (ICE)

The primary mission of U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) is to promote 

homeland security and public safety through the criminal and civil enforcement of federal laws 

governing border control, customs, trade, and immigration. ICE employs more than 20,000 

people in offices throughout the U.S., as well as 47 foreign countries.The two primary operating 

components of ICE are Homeland Security Investigations (HSI) and Enforcement and Removal 

Operations (ERO). ICE apprehended more than 180,000 individuals in 2011.

Enforcement and Removal Operations field operations teams search for specific individuals who 

are fugitives, detain them, and remove the illegal aliens. A fugitive is someone who is told to 

leave the country and has not left. Unlike CBP, which operates along the nation’s borders, ERO 

is responsible for internal enforcement.

4.5.1 Process Overview

It is standard procedure for ICE to collect biometric information, i.e., a photograph, fingerprints, 

and sometimes an iris scan, from each detainee for enrollment in its database or – if the detainee 

is already enrolled – to check for repeat offenders. This database enrollment/check process that 

was selected for inclusion here. 

The process begins when a field operations team detains an individual and brings the detainee

back to an ERO facility. Biometric data is used to enroll the detainee in the Enforcement Alien 

Booking Module (EABM) software application. Initial enrollment takes place on the first arrest. 

To enroll the individual, the officer collects fingerprints electronically (using a fingerprint 

scanner) and captures a facial image. Iris capture is also performed if the required equipment is 

available, but this biometric may not always be collected. If the detainee was enrolled

previously, the detainee’s data is available to the officer. 

Depending upon the circumstances, ERO may pick up a detainee from his or her place of 

incarceration for database enrollment and subsequent deportation. For example, if an individual 

known to be in the country illegally is approaching the end of a prison sentence for another 

crime, the responsible law enforcement agency notifies ICE ERO when the individual is 

scheduled to be released. ICE ERO picks them up, informs the country of origin that the 

detainee is coming, and escorts the detainee on the flight back to their country of origin.
Page 23 3/2014

4.5.2 Tasks and Users

Detainee 

• Provide enrollment data (as requested by the ICE officer)

• Present fingers for fingerprinting

• Pose for face photo

• Present for iris scan (if device is available)

ICE Officer

• Enroll detainee in the Enforcement Alien Booking Module software application 

• Capture fingerprints using electronic fingerprint device

• Capture photo using camera

• Capture iris scan (if device is available)

4.5.3 Equipment and Context of Use

Equipment:

• Computer/laptop

• Fingerprint capture device

• Camera

• Iris scanner

• Software 

Field operations officers carry guns and radios. The ERO facility where the biometric capture 

takes place is indoors. 

4.5.4 Interviewee Reported Issues and Opportunities

As part of the interview process, researchers asked the participants if they had any needs for or 

challenges in completing their tasks. Interviewees responded that they did not have any 

significant technology issues at this time. However, they did say that they are interested in and 

really need handheld technology and devices for processing detainees in the field. They also said 

that currently, they must enter or check multiple systems for detainee information and/or 

enrollment, and would prefer to have a single, consolidated system for that purpose.

4.6 FEDERAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AGENCY (FEMA)

FEMA’s mission is to work with and support citizens and first responders to build, sustain, and 

improve the nation’s capability to prepare for, protect against, respond to, recover from, and 

mitigate all hazards and disasters. Hazards and disasters include not only natural disasters (e.g., 

hurricanes, earthquakes, tornadoes, floods, fires) but also man-made disasters such as hazardous 

spills or acts of terrorism. 

FEMA has 7,474 employees across the country at the FEMA headquarters, ten regional offices, 

the National Emergency Training Center, and the Center for Domestic Preparedness/Noble 
Page 24 3/2014

Training Center. When disasters occur, FEMA also temporarily recruits local law enforcement 

personnel, firefighters, doctors, and others with needed skills to assist with the response effort. 

In furtherance of its mission, FEMA partners with state, tribal, and local officials, the private 

sector, non-profits, faith-based groups, and the general public.

4.6.1 Disaster Coordination, Support and Logistics Division 

When a disaster occurs, the Disaster Coordination, Support and Logistics division sets up 

Disaster Field Office – also known as a Joint Field Office, or JFO – in or near the affected area. 

The Division then works with state and local officials to coordinate the Federal Government 

response to hazards and disasters. There are ten regional response coordination centers and one 

National Response Coordination Center at FEMA headquarters. The regional office handles 

response in the area within its purview, unless it needs government resources. 

FEMA is also responsible for distributing first responder Personal Identity Verification cards 

(PIV-I cards) for disaster site self-identification, authorizations, and first responder credentials, 

e.g., indicating that the responder is a physician, EMT, or firefighter (this is usually done as part 

of disaster response preparations – not during an actual state of emergency). There are 

approximately 5,000 individuals, mostly firemen, who become temporary Federal employees

when a state of emergency is declared, and these individuals also require PIV-I cards. In 

addition, FEMA is responsible for Urban Search and Rescue missions. 

4.6.1.1 Process Overview 

FEMA’s Mobile Emergency Response Service is responsible for setting up the disaster response 

and government field office (also known as the JFO, or Joint Field Office) in the event of an 

emergency. This unit also provides operations and logistics support including mobile 

communications equipment and power sources (i.e., generators) for the field office. Typically,

they can set up a field office and equip it with power in approximately 24 hours. The Mobile 

Emergency Response Service team uses satellite phones and smartphones to keep in touch with 

other team members, other personnel at the disaster site, and headquarters personnel. They use 

Global Positioning System (GPS) devices to find locations and computers/laptops/tablets to 

document operations.

FEMA personnel are typically equipped with satellite phones, smartphones, tablet computers, 

laptop computers and GPS devices. 

4.6.1.2 Tasks and Users 

 FEMA Mobile Emergency Response Service team

• Travel to specific locations within a disaster area using GPS 

• Establish disaster response and government field office/JFO at or near the disaster site

• Maintain contact with other service team members and headquarters personnel using 

Blackberry/mobile phone or satellite phone
Page 25 3/2014

4.6.1.3 Equipment and Context of Use 

Equipment: 

• Satellite phone

• Smartphone

• Computer/Laptop

• Tablet

• GPS device

Operating conditions vary greatly, from indoor office environments with limited power to 

outdoor locations, during the day or night and in all types of weather.

4.6.2 FEMA Security Division 

The FEMA Security Division is responsible for applying and enforcing security policies in

Regional Disaster settings. They coordinate, respond, and apply comprehensive security 

disciplines at all disasters and manage Disaster Assistance Employees (DAE). 

There are approximately 100 trained DAE employees who include, for example, bomb 

technicians, SWAT teams, investigators, pilots, and divers. They are mobilized and deployed to 

disaster sites as appropriate. Each of the ten FEMA regions has a security office that responds to 

emergencies including: chemical spills, dam failures, earthquakes, fires or wildfires, floods, 

tornadoes, tsunamis, and hurricanes. 

At the disaster site, the Security Division is responsible for fraud detection, law enforcement, 

special security details, and physical security. The protection of JFOs is usually accomplished 

through hiring contract guards. Other types of disaster employees are Federal intermittent 

employees, with skillsets similar or complementary to DAEs. These intermittent employees are

on call and make themselves available if deployment is necessary. 

4.6.2.1 Process Overview 

The Security Division provides security for the JFO, staging areas, and mobile/transient 

equipment moving from point A to point B. Essentially, they protect federal assets that are colocated with the state JFO. 

The Security Division mobilizes when the state governor makes a request for disaster aid. There 

are two types of emergency declarations: short term, e.g., snowstorm and major, e.g., Hurricane 

Irene. FEMA provides individual, public, and emergency assistance, such as supplying water, 

ice, food, and shelter to those affected by the disaster. 

Security Division agents are responsible for badging and fingerprinting local first responders at 

security operations (if those first responders do not already have PIV-I cards). They also protect 

against criminals trying to access the disaster site and anti-government groups, e.g., anarchists or 

militias, who may interfere with disaster response operations. The Security Division is also 

responsible for gathering and forwarding information related to areas that have been, or may 

potentially be affected by, a disaster, e.g., the trajectory of a hurricane or spread of a wildfire. 
Page 26 3/2014

4.6.2.2 Tasks and Users 

FEMA Security Division agents

• Mobilize and proceed to disaster site

• Provide emergency assistance for water, ice, food, and shelter to those affected 

• Manage Disaster Assistance Employees and Federal intermittent employees on site 

• Badge DAEs, capture fingerprints

• Establish protection at JFOs

• Manage contract guards

• Field mobile/transient equipment 

• Capture photos of the disaster site

• Set up alarm system kits (sensors, alarm panels, glass breakers) at JFOs

• Monitor disaster site for criminals and criminal or anti-government activity

4.6.2.3 Equipment and Context of Use 

Equipment includes:

• Smartphone

• Satellite phone

• Communications radio

• Computer/Laptop

• Tablet

• Fingerprint capture device

• Camera

• Alarm system kit (sensors, alarm panels, glass breakers)

The equipment used by the Security Division consists mainly of laptops and cell phones. The 

teams also have some fingerprinting equipment. Currently, the Security Division has 57 

fingerprinting devices: 28 of these devices are old, and 29 have been purchased recently. The 

division also has a badging device, cameras (used to send pictures of the disaster), and 20 alarm 

system kits.

Some operations take place in the JFO, but others take place outdoors, during the day or night 

and in all types of weather.

4.6.3 Interviewee Reported Issues and Opportunities

FEMA personnel did not highlight any issues or process improvement opportunities during the

interviews with NIST personnel.

5 EQUIPMENT AND HIGH-LEVEL MAPPING TO STANDARDS

The information derived from the interviews provided the NIST team with the data elements to 

identify the end users, major tasks (with associated technology and equipment used to complete 

those tasks), and with some context of use for the processes selected for review. Using this 
Page 27 3/2014

information, the NIST team mapped the feature sets of these processes to the standards 

enumerated in Phase I of the project (see Appendix B for the detailed map). These mappings

represent the type of results described in Sec. 2 provide, i.e., an overview of the equipment in use 

and associated standards. This approach can be extended to include additional processes as 

appropriate.

The following subsections provide a high-level mapping of the equipment and technologies used 

to complete the major tasks, the high-level mapping of equipment and components to standards, 

and the interviewee reported challenges and improvement opportunties.

5.1 EQUIPMENT USE BY DIRECTORATES

Table 1 shows a high-level mapping of the device types used across agencies for the processes 

reviewed. Note that blank cells do not mean that the an agency does not use the listed 

equipment; rather a blank cell indicates that the equipment was not identified for the process(es) 

reviewed. 

Table 1: Device Use by Directorate

Device USCIS TSA USCG CBP ICE FEMA

Alarm systems √

Barcode scanner √ √

Black light √

Bore scope √

Bottled liquid scanner √

Camera √ √ √ √ √

Cast and prosthesis imager √

Cell phone/Blackberry √

Chemical detection device √ √

Communications radio √ √

Computer/Laptop √ √ √ √ √

Explosive trace detection 

device √ √

Fingerprint capture device √ √ √ √ √

GPS device √

Hand-held (wand) metal 

detector √

Iris scanner √ √

Keyboard √ √ √ √

Monitor √ √ √
Page 28 3/2014

Device USCIS TSA USCG CBP ICE FEMA

Night vision device √

Passport document scanner √

RAD detection device √

Signature capture device √

Software √ √ √ √

Walk-through metal detector √

Whole body scanner √

Workstation √ √ √ √

X-ray scanner6

√

5.2 MAPPING DEVICES AND STANDARDS

The NIST team collected a variety of data on the selected directorate processes, including the 

end user objective, tasks, devices, and context of use with the goal of mapping these devices to 

the existing standards identified in Phase 1. Many of the devices did not have specific human 

factors standards addressing the device as a single unit: however, standards do exist for many of 

the device components or features. For example, there were no specific human factors or 

usability standards addressing cameras, but there are human factors standards for camera 

components such as buttons, switches, and dials. The data was consolidated and then the devices

were mapped to the standards (identified in Phase I) for each directorate. Table 2 shows the 

applicable standards for each device and its component, as well as which directorates reported 

using the device for the process(es) reviewed. A more detailed mapping with enumerated 

components and the pertinent standards subsections is given in Appendix B.

Table 2: Standards Addressing Device and/or Device Component by Directorates using that Device

Device Directorates NASA ISO 9241 MIL-STD 

1472G

MIL-HCBK759CMOD 

002-250

ASTM 

F1166

Alarm system and 

components FEMA √ √ √ √ √ √

Barcode scanner and 

components

USCIS

TSA √ √ √ √ √ √

Black light and 

components TSA √ √

Bore scope and 

components USCG √ √ √ √ √ √

Bottled liquid scanner 

and components TSA √ √ √ √ √ √

 

6

TSOs may also use a CT scanner.
Page 29 3/2014

Device Directorates NASA ISO 9241 MIL-STD 

1472G

MIL-HCBK759CMOD 

002-250

ASTM 

F1166

Camera and components

USCIS

USCG

CBP 

ICE

FEMA

√ √ √ √ √ √

Cast and prosthesis 

imager and components TSA √ √ √ √ √ √

Cell phone/Blackberry FEMA √

Chemical detection 

device and components

TSA

USCG √ √ √ √ √ √

Communications radio ICE

FEMA 

Computer/Laptop

USCIS

USCG

CBP

ICE

FEMA

√ √ √

Explosive trace detection 

device and components

TSA

USCG √ √ √ √ √ √

Fingerprint capture 

device and components

USCIS

USCG

CBP

ICE

FEMA

√ √ √ √ √ √

GPS device and 

components FEMA √ √ √ √ √ √

Handheld (wand) metal 

detector wand and 

components

TSA √ √ √ √ √ √

Iris scanner and 

components

CBP

ICE √ √ √ √ √ √

Keyboard

USCIS

TSA

USCG

CBP

√ √ √ √ √

Monitor

USCIS

TSA

CBP

√ √ √ √

Night vision device CBP

Passport document 

scanner and components CBP √ √ √ √ √

RAD detection device 

and components CBP

Signature capture device 

and components USCIS √ √ √ √ √ √
Page 30 3/2014

Device Directorates NASA ISO 9241 MIL-STD 

1472G

MIL-HCBK759CMOD 

002-250

ASTM 

F1166

Software

USCIS

TSA

CBP

ICE

√ √ √ √ √

Walk-through metal 

detector and components TSA √ √ √ √ √ √

Whole-body scanner and 

components TSA √ √ √ √ √ √

Workstation

USCIS

CBP 

FEMA

√ √ √ √ √ √

X-ray scanner and 

components TSA √ √ √ √ √ √

5.3 INTERVIEWEE IDENTIFIED CHALLENGES AND FUTURE TECHNOLOGY NEEDS

As part of the interview, NIST researchers queried interviewees about issues they have with the

technology or devices they use to carry out their tasks and their perceptions of future technology 

needs. The items in the list below were provided by the interviewees. 

• Efficiencies could be gained from replacing current paper-driven processes with 

electronic options, reducing the burden on both staff and members of the public. 

• Different equipment used to complete the same tasks creates difficulties for end users

since the equipment interfaces differ. 

• Having dual monitors for luggage scanners would help reduce error rates, since it allows 

the same object to be inspected from multiple angles.

• Battery life issues affect device performance.

• Equipment needs to be tested in the environment of use before being deployed, as 

environmental factors impact equipment performance and often cause the equipment to 

fail during actual use. 

• RFID chips in passports often reach end-of-life before the passports themselves need to 

be renewed, and the chips in foreign passports are sometimes not of high quality, 

resulting in problems with passport scanning and subsequent delays at customs stations.

• Facial recognition technologies will help users quickly identify dangerous individuals, 

thus reducing the risk to personal safety for DHS personnel. 

• Minimizing response times from database queries regarding questionable detainees is 

seen as critical to reducing the risk to personal safety for DHS personnel. 

• Equipment needs to be dust-resistant and/or easy to clean, since dust is a problem in both 

high-traffic indoor environments and outdoor environments.

• Biometric devices that are symbol-driven or language-independent would help reduce 

language issues while collecting biometric data from individuals who lack or have limited 

proficiency in English. 
Page 31 3/2014

• Fingerprint scanner platens become dirty quickly and impact the quality of prints. 

Having a dirt-resistant platen or some simple way to keep the platen clean would be 

beneficial. Scanner platens (and subsequently fingerprint quality) may also be affected 

by factors such as temperature differences that cause the glass to fog or glare from 

intense sunlight.

• Mobile technology is expected to facilitate portable field equipment and increase field 

officers’ safety by facilitating rapid identification of repeat offenders and/or dangerous 

individuals. “Biometrics on the Move” technology would be particularly helpful for 

certain users, e.g., CBP agents.

• More user-friendly software would facilitate more efficient completion of tasks.

• One consolidated information system to enroll and/or check for detainee information

(e.g., prior arrest records) would be a significant improvement over the current regime, 

which requires accessing multiple systems.

• Airport noise at customs stations interferes with the traveler interview process.

• The lighting and background in customs stations is not conducive to taking adequate 

facial photographs.

• Certain users who need to capture facial images in a field environment, e.g., 

members of the Coast Guard or CPB, need cameras that allow them to take better pictures 

with minimal training. Better flash would also improve the quality of nighttime 

photographs.

• Portable equipment intended for use in shipboard environments, i.e., a Coast Guard 

vessel, needs to be tetherable and/or particularly durable to prevent fall damage. Such 

equipment also needs to be small due to tight storage space on seagoing vessels.

6 DISCUSSION

The goal of this project phase was to interview end users in each DHS organization in order to 

understand user tasks, identify technologies and devices used to complete those tasks, and then

map those devices to the HSI standards identified in Phase 1 of the project. 

From these interviews the research team collected the following data:

• The organization

• Environment of use

• Task objective

• Device type

• Device description

• Device user

• Approximate use

• Anticipated future changes/needs

• Issues with current technology and devices

This data was then entered into spreadsheets, one for each directorate, and matched the HSI 

standards identified in Phase 1 of the project to the devices and/or the device components used in 

the selected processes. The spreadsheets can be found in Appendix B. 
Page 32 3/2014

As mentioned in Sec. 3.1, this study is not an exhaustive gap analysis: the results are not 

definitive, nor do they address all the gaps existing between identified HSI standards and 

devices, equipment, and proccesses currently being used at DHS. However, the study results do 

highlight the need for a culture of HSI standards within the organization. Further, this study 

demonstrates an approach to and provides a framework for finding and applying HSI standards 

within DHS, in no small part by providing a representative standards “space.” Finally, the study 

uncovered certain critical HSI-related gaps within DHS, which are described below.

It is clear from the data collected that many of the interviewed end users of the six agencies used 

similar equipment and technologies to complete major tasks. For example, five of the 

directorates’ (i.e., USCIS, USCG, CBP, ICE, FEMA) end users use some type of camera as well 

as a fingerprint capture device.

Unfortunately, some of the most commonly used devices have few if any associated HSI

standards, although some of the device components are addressed. For example, none of the HSI 

standards identified during Phase I of the project address cameras (only their components). This 

is a significant issue because many of the complaints from interviewees concerned the quality of 

the images they captured using cameras, and this was often compromised by conditions of the 

working environment, i.e., the context of use. There are few if any HSI standards for mobile 

devices, yet many of the interviewees in various directorates identified them as a key technology 

for mission success in the future.

In addition, DHS must consider emerging technologies its end users are likely to use in the near 

future, such as those mentioned by interviewees (e.g., mobile devices, new web applications, 

tools to support automation of tasks). As the technology and processes used within DHS change, 

new HSI standards will be needed – which means that iterative reviews of both standards and 

organizational processes will also be needed.

The following subsections describe critical gaps in HSI technology and communications 

standards that DHS needs to address.

6.1 DHS SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS AND INTERFACES

DHS application software packages are critical to many of the tasks performed by the end users

interviewed in this study. Some of the application types reported in this study include real-time, 

client-server architectures, Web architectures, and mobile device applications. For example, 

agents from ICE and the Border Patrol rely upon software applications to handle the complex 

information involved in enrolling and checking on the status of detainees. When asked about 

technological issues and challenges they faced in performing their tasks, end users from both of 

these organizations mentioned that they had usability problems with their software. 

The particular issues cited by interviewees from ICE and the Border Patrol point to a need for 

DHS to adopt interface and information presentation standards for real-time, non-local service 

applications. Some existing standards for websites, such as those found in ISO 9241, could be 

applied for this purpose. By employing interface standards to create more streamlined, easy-touse apps for its end users, DHS could reduce the amount of time required to perform tasks and 
Page 33 3/2014

reduce the incidence of omissions and mistakes. This recommendation applies not only to 

applications already in use by DHS users, but also to applications that might be used to 

supplement or replace largely paper-driven tasks (such as those performed by USCIS or CBP Air 

and Marine) in the future.

DHS has the opportunity to use cloud computing technologies to support an integrated data 

model for certain types of applications that are used by multiple directorates, e.g., those that 

collect or reference biometric identity data. Various views of the data could be provided to end 

users via applications that have been customized for their specific context of use – in other 

words, the computing platform they are using, their role, the task they are performing, and their 

access privileges. While this integrated data model would present clear advantages for DHS, 

implementing it would require significant effort.

While standards and best practices exist for interface design, these are limited and do not address 

cloud-based services. DHS may want to develop additional standards, either on its own or in 

partnership with other organizations. The issue of interface design standards also applies to 

mobile technologies, which are discussed in more detail in the following subsection.

6.2 MOBILE DEVICES AND TOUCH INTERFACES

As noted earlier, interviewees from various directorates identified mobile technology (such as 

smartphones and tablet computers) as being critical to mission success in the future. In 

particular, Border Patrol and ICE officers want mobile technology that will allow them to 

process detainees in the field. Hand-held or mobile devices are already used in many 

directorates throughout DHS, such as the wand metal detectors used by TSA or mobile 

fingerprinting devices. All of these devices have some component or components not covered 

by the identified HSI standards, or the device type itself is not addressed by standards. These 

mobile devices share many of the same components such as:

• a display, 

• touch input or small keyboard, 

• operating system, and 

• the ability to run various types of software applications while connected via WiFi or 

Bluetooth.

There are a number of existing HSI standards that address the components listed above. 

However, there are few if any standards that address specific mobile device interface features 

such as:

• touch screen active area and size, and touch force;

• display lighting that accommodates night or limited lighting conditions;

• backlit and dimmable input device, controls, and keyboards for night or use in limited 

lighting conditions;

• battery life and charging;

• display controls;

• fonts;

• screen interfaces;

• technical support;
Page 34 3/2014

• button size;

• separation of buttons or touch adjacent active areas for use with/without gloves;

• display illumination visible for varying light conditions;

• interface standards for all applications; and

• standardized keypad numeric layout.

Another consideration is environmental conditions such as sun, rain, wind, or other elements, 

which can potentially impact the functionality of a mobile device. In addition, connectivity and 

response times for mobile devices can be impacted by use in the field. Long response times for 

database queries and lag time can subject field officers to undue risk when dealing with detainees

(a concern raised by interviewees from ICE). Adopting and adhering to a standard for acceptable 

response and/or lag time would increase the safety of the field officers. 

Authentication on mobile devices can also be challenging given the size of the interface and 

input device, and while there are a variety of authentication options that can work with desktop 

or laptop computers relatively easily (e.g., card reader, fingerprints, retina scan, voice 

recognition, or facial recognition systems) there are fewer options available to facilitate 

authentication on small mobile displays and keyboards.

6.3 BIOMETRICS

Since collecting biometric information is a critical part of many DHS processes – USCIS, 

USCG, CBP and ICE all collect biometric information – standards regarding biometric collection 

and devices should be of particular importance to DHS. A significant challenge in this area is 

that, while standards do exist regarding biometrics, they fall short of addressing some of the 

considerations of biometrics collection at DHS.

One general issue is the usability of biometrics collection processes. As mentioned earlier, some 

of the end users interviewed during this study find it difficult to capture facial images with 

cameras due to environmental conditions (particularly ambient light levels). To mitigate this 

problem and help ensure better-quality facial image captures, DHS should adopt standards that 

specify required components, capabilities, and features for cameras and the characteristics of the 

environment in which they are to be used. These standards should be dependent upon the 

context (for example, taking pictures at a customs station versus taking pictures aboard a Coast 

Guard cutter). Other types of biometrics collection factors may also require usability standards; 

for example, labeling, height, and angle specifications for electronic fingerprint scanners.

7

Another issue is the multi-cultural population from whom DHS collects biometric information. 

A sizeable fraction of that population has little or no proficiency in English, which can 

significantly hinder the biometric collection tasks performed by various DHS directorates. As

interviewees from CBP Air and Marine pointed out, the resulting language differences can pose 

a challenge not only for the individuals themselves but for the DHS agents trying to capture 

biometric information. One way to alleviate this problem is to use language-independent icons 

 

7

Standards for usability in biometrics are currently under development by another NIST working group.
Page 35 3/2014

and graphics to represent visual and spatial concepts that will help individuals go through the 

biometric collection process. Such icons can reduce the need for translation of text to explain 

those same concepts. However, use of icons can be problematic when used cross-culturally to 

explain complicated concepts, so developing icons that will adequately serve a multi-cultural 

population is a challenge. The International Standards Group (ISO) JTC1/SC37/WG 6 develops 

icons for biometrics. 

6.4 ACCESSIBILITY

On a related note, DHS agents interact with different populations that may include individuals 

with some type of disability. Disabilities may include physical, sensory, or cognitive

impairments as well as various types of chronic disease. These disabilities can impact an 

individual’s ability to carry out routine activities, which include reading Web pages, using 

applications, and understanding instructions. Individuals with disabilities may also experience 

difficulties undergoing biometric collection processes.

The W3C and Section 508.gov address accessibility standards for website design and 

applications. However, DHS also needs to consider accessibility for disabled individuals who 

interact with other technology and devices used by DHS agents, including those which involve 

biometric collection. There may be a need for additional accessibility standards addressing those 

technologies and devices.

7 CONCLUSION

The document for Phase 2 of this project identifies the feature sets of equipment and operating 

environments involved in a number of core DHS processes and mapped relevant existing HSI 

standards to those feature sets. It also provides DHS with a framework for repeating this type of 

exercise, which will be necessary to keep up with future technologies, standards, and 

organizational needs. Finally, the document highlights areas in which there is a critical need for 

DHS to identify or develop HSI standards – including the way in which DHS develops, acquires, 

and deploys technology for use in the field.

7.1 HSI CHALLENGES WITHIN DHS

The organization faces some significant challenges with regards to HSI standards. One issue is 

that while multiple directorates may perform similar tasks, the context in which those tasks are 

performed may vary from one directorate to another, and even between divisions within the same 

directorate. For example, both USCIS and USCG collect fingerprints using an electronic 

fingerprint scanner, but under very different circumstances and in very different environments. 

The two directorates might share a “baseline” set of standards for fingerprinting equipment, but 

USCG should have additional standards regarding the durability of its equipment, given the risk 

of exposure to fall or water damage.

Another issue is that standards for certain critical areas of need within DHS are either scant or 

nonexistent. This is especially true with regards to biometric and mobile technologies. DHS 

should identify, and possibly participate in, efforts to develop new standards in these areas. 
Page 36 3/2014

NIST is currently working on standards that address biometric collection, particularly 

fingerprinting.

Some of the technology issues described by interviewees stem from the fact that DHS does not 

address HSI considerations in its technology development and acquisition processes. For 

example, interviewees from USCG said that the equipment they use to collect biometrics from 

illegal migrants at sea was never tested in the working environment prior to deployment, which 

sometimes makes it difficult to use (and, in some cases, difficult to keep in working order). 

There are human-centered design standards that DHS can employ during technology 

development and acquisition in order to help ensure that it adopts technologies that provide the 

best possible fit for its organizational needs – in other words, technologies that fit the needs of its 

end users. However, use of these standards must be driven by understanding of the context of 

use (including the oprating environment) in which particular technologies are employed.

7.2 UNDERSTANDING THE CONTEXT OF USE

As mentioned earlier in this document, the elements in the context of use include: the subject of 

the context of use description (e.g., a product, system, or service, as well as its purpose and 

summary of preconditions); user groups, goals, tasks, and environments. If DHS or any other 

organization wants to deploy technology that provides the best possible fit for its intended 

purpose, then addressing context-of-use considerations is critical. This is especially important to 

keep in mind for an organization like DHS, where the context of use for certain technologies can 

vary widely between or even within directorates even when those technologies are being used to 

perform broadly similar tasks.

For example, four of the six directorates covered in this study (USCIS, USCG, CBP, and ICE) 

collect fingerprints with an electronic scanner. However, the circumstances under which they 

perform this task tend to differ. USCIS and CBP Air and Marine collect fingerprints from 

willing individuals who do not represent a potential threat to agents, while USCG, CBP Border 

Patrol, and ICE collect fingerprints from individuals who may be uncooperative and/or 

dangerous. Also, fingerprinting devices that are perfectly adequate for a USCIS processing 

center or customs station may not be durable enough for a Coast Guard cutter, where the risks of 

water- or fall-related damage are considerable.

Evaluating the context of use for a particular technology is challenging. It is difficult to know 

where or how to look for potential human factors issues, and even issues that are obvious are not 

always easy to articulate. Fortunately, there are standards that facilitate conducting this type of 

evaluation, as well as documenting and analyzing the results. 

7.3 HUMAN-CENTERED DESIGN STANDARDS

There are three human-centered design standards – to be applied during technology development 

or acquisition – that will help DHS develop, acquire, and deploy technologies that are a good fit 

for their respective contexts of use: ISO 9241-210, ISO/IEC TR 25060 and ISO/IEC 25062. 

ISO 9241-210 provides requirements and recommendations for human-centered design 

principles and activities throughout the life cycle of computer-based interactive systems. The 
Page 37 3/2014

human-centered design approach aims to make systems usable and useful by focusing on the end 

users, their needs, and requirements. Human-centered design enhances effectiveness and 

efficiency; improves human well-being, user satisfaction, accessibility and sustainability; and 

counteracts possible adverse effects of use on human health, safety, and performance.

ISO/IEC TR 25060 describes a potential family of International Standards, named the Common 

Industry Formats (CIF), that document the specification and evaluation of the usability of 

interactive systems. It provides a general overview of the CIF framework and contents, 

definitions, and the relationship of the framework elements.

ISO/IEC 25062 standardizes the types of information captured with user testing. The level of 

detail allows the same or another organization to replicate the test procedure. Major variables 

include: user demographics, task descriptions, test context (including the equipment used, the 

testing environment, and the participant and test administrator’s interaction protocol), as well as 

the metrics chosen to code the study findings. Advantages of using standardized reporting 

format include: (1) a reduction in training time for usability staff since an individual only needs 

to learn to use one form, regardless of how many companies s/he works for and (2) enhanced 

potential for increased communication between vendors and purchasing organizations since 

readers of CIF-compliant reports will share a common language and expectations.

Adopting and applying ISO 9241-210, ISO/IEC TR 25060, and ISO/IEC 25062 should be part of 

a broader effort to incorporate HSI considerations, processes, and standards into the 

organizational culture of DHS. Putting such measures in place will help DHS make choices that 

increase the usability and end user satisfaction of the technology and devices that are critical to 

the organization’s mission. The nature of that mission means that DHS will sometimes be 

compelled to rapidly deploy new technologies into the field in response to emerging security

threats. In such situations, it will be difficult for DHS to identify appropriate standards for or 

conduct adequate usability testing on these new technologies before putting them into 

widespread use. The organization will have to “catch up” to these rapidly deployed technologies 

by identifying relevant standards and possibly modifying the technology (or the way in which it 

is used) to improve usability when the opportunity arises. 

Making HSI awareness and processes second nature at DHS will require a long-term effort. In 

the short term, DHS should find ways to address HSI interface-related standards gaps in the areas 

identified in Sec. 6, specifically:

1. Real-time non-local software applications, which are vital to many of the tasks performed 

by DHS end users. 

2. Hand-held and mobile devices, such as smartphones and tablet computers, which many 

interviewees identified as being critical to mission success in the future.

3. Touch interfaces, which are the default means of interaction with almost all 

contemporary mobile devices.

4. Interfaces for biometric collection devices, in terms of usability and languageindependent symbols for multi-cultural user populations.

5. Accessibility for both DHS agents and the populations with whom they interact; this 

applies to Web pages, application interfaces, and biometric collection processes.
Page 38 3/2014

Employing standards for equipment, processes, and human-centered design will assist end users 

at DHS in completing their tasks more efficiently and effectively, with fewer adverse effects to 

their health and safety. Adopting usability and HSI principles will also increase user satisfaction 

as well as accessibility and sustainability, helping DHS directorates and the Department as a 

whole to carry out their organizational missions.
Page 39 3/2014

8 REFERENCES

[1] ASTM Standard F1166-07, 2011, “Standard Practice for Human Engineering Design for 

Marine Systems, Equipment, and Facilities,” ASTM International, West Conshohocken, 

PA, 2011, DOI: 10.1520/F1166-07, www.astm.org.

[2] Buie, E., & Murray, D. (2012). Usability in government systems: User experience design 

for citizens and public servants. Waltham, MA: Morgan Kaufmann. 

[3] Hackos, J. T., & Redish, J. C. (1998). User and task analysis for interface design. New 

York, NY: Wiley & Sons, Inc.

[4] ISO 9241-210:2010 Ergonomics of human-system interaction – Part 210: Humancentered design for interactive systems

[5] ISO 9241:1997 Ergonomics of human-system interaction

[6] ISO/IEC 25062:2006 Software engineering – Software product Quality Requirements

and Evaluation (SQuaRE) – Common Industry Format (CIF) for usability test reports 

[7] ISO/IEC DIS 25053.2 Systems and software engineering – Systems and software product 

Quality Requirements and Evaluation (SQuaRE) – Common Industry Format (CIF) for 

Usability: Context of Use Description (2012-07-06)

[8] ISO/IEC TR 25060 Systems and software engineering – Systems and software produce 

Quality Requirements and Evaluation (SQuaRE) – Common Industry Format (CIF) for 

usability: General framework for usability-related information

[9] MIL-HDBK-759C Department of Defense Handbook for Human Engineering Design 

Guidelines (1995, July) 

[10] MIL-STD-1472G Department of Defense Design Criteria Standard Human 

Engineering (2012, January)

[11] National Aeronautics and Space Administration. (2010). NASA/SP-2010-3407 

Human Integration Design Handbook.

[12] Sherman, P. (2006). Usability success stories: How organizations improve by 

making easier-to-use software and websites. Hampshire, England: Gower House.

[13] U.S. Navy. (2012, July 03). Naval postgraduate school – HSI. Retrieved 

February 28, 2013 from http://www.nps.edu/or/hsi/.

[14] United Kingdom Ministry of Defence. (2008). Ministry of Defence Standard 00-

250 Human Factors for Designers of Systems.

[15] US General Services Administration. (2012, July). Section508.gov: Opening 

doors to IT. Retrieved from https://www.section508.gov/index.cfm

[16] Usability.gov Your guide for developing usable & useful Web sites website. Retrieved 

October 12, 2012 from Usability.gov website: http://www.usability.gov/index.html
Page 40 3/2014

[17] W3C Accessible Rich Internet Applications (WAI-ARIA) 1.0. Retrieved October 12, 

2012 from W3.org website: http://www.w3.org/TR/2011/CR-wai-aria-20110118/

[18] W3C Authoring Tool Accessibility Guidelines 1.0. Retrieved October 3, 2012 from 

W3.org website: http://www.w3.org/TR/2000/REC-ATAG10-20000203/

[19] W3C Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.0. Retrieved October 3, 2012 from 

W3.org website: http://www.w3.org/TR/2008/REC-WCAG20-20081211/

[20] W3C Mobile Web Best Practices 1.0 Basic Guidelines. Retrieved October 3, 2012 

from W3.org website: http://www.w3.org/TR/mobile-bp/

[21] W3C User Agent Accessibility Guidelines 1.0. Retrieved October 3, 2012 from W3.org 

website: http://www.w3.org/TR/2002/REC-UAAG10-20021217/

[22] Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.0. Retrieved October 3, 2012, from 

W3.org website: http://www.w3.org/TR/2008/REC-WCAG20-20081211/
Page 41 3/2014

APPENDIX A: INTERVIEW QUESTIONNAIRE

Organization: ________________________________________________

Division: ________________________________________________

Job title: ________________________________________________

1. What would you consider to be your organization's primary role to support the DHS 

mission?

2. What are your organization’s primary job duties to support the DHS mission?

3. What group or groups within your organization fall under your area of responsibility or 

for which you can provide information for the purpose of this interview?

4. For each of the groups that you mention above how many people are required to perform 

the main tasks? 

5. For each of the groups that you mention above, please describe the characteristics of the 

primary tasks. What are the critical factors required for success? 

6. For each of the groups that you mention above, how many people are impacted by the 

primary tasks? For example, a TSA screener might have 300 people waiting in a security 

line to go through screening.

7. For each of the groups that you mention above, please describe the characteristics of the 

people that perform the primary tasks. This includes things like years of experience, 

education level, specific training, etc. 

8. For each of the groups that you mention above, please describe the characteristics of the 

work environment in which the primary tasks are performed. Describe things that are 

important to understand regarding how that work environment is unique or has special 

demands. This includes things like weather exposure, remoteness, etc. 

9. What applications or types of equipment does your group interact with (e.g., hand held 

devices, applications)?

10. What applications or types of equipment are designed specifically for the unique aspects 

of the group's work environment?

11. What is the function or how does your group use the applications or equipment?

12. What problems or issues does your group have using the applications or equipment?

13. What task(s) are the most difficult for your group to complete? Why?

14. What equipment or systems help complicate or make the primary tasks harder?

15. What equipment or systems help simplify or make the primary tasks easier?

16. What do you foresee in the future by way of enhancements, improvements, or new 

technology? (e.g., mobile devices)

17. What features or enhancements, if implemented, would benefit the group in the course 

of supporting the DHS mission?

18. What other improvements, if implemented, would benefit the group in the course of 

supporting the DHS mission?
Page 42 3/2014

19. What equipment does your group use that interact (either incoming or outgoing) with 

other organizations' equipment? (e.g., fingerprints, criminal history, etc.)

20. What advantages has your group found regarding these interactions with other 

organizational equipment?

21. What challenges has your group found regarding these interactions with other 

organizational equipment?
Page 43 3/2013

APPENDIX B: FEATURE SET AND CORRESPONDING STANDARDS BY ORGANIZATION 

B.1: USCIS Service Center

Offices: more than 250 worldwide

Environment: Service centers 

Number of applicants processed in 2011: 2.9 million biometric appointments

Task: Collect biometric data including photo, fingerprints, signature, and enter applicant data.

Equipment: 

• High-resolution digital camera used to capture photo

• Computer with customized enrollment software (for USCIS agents)

• Workstation used as a combined device area with seating for participant 

• Keyboard (no mouse) used to enter data into the L1 Identity Solution System

• Flat panel monitor for rendering software application 

• Barcode scanner used for scanning application bar code

• L1 graphic interface used to operate L1 system

• Electronic signature pad for capturing applicant’s signature

• Electronic fingerprinting device 

Table 3: USCIS Devices and Relevant Standards

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

High resolution digital camera components:

• Buttons, Knobs, and 

Control Devices

10.6.3 Control devices

10.6.3.1 Push button

10.6.3.7 Slide switch 

controls

10.6.3.23 Knobs

Part 9: Ergonomics 

requirements for office 

work with Visual Display 

Terminals –

Requirements for non5.1.4 Mechanical 

Controls

5.1.4.1.2 Continuous 

adjustment rotary controls 

(knobs)

5.4 Controls

5.4.1.2 Direction of 

movement

5.4.2 Rotary controls

5.4.3.1.1 Push button, 

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.6 Discrete Controls

15.6.3 Preferred physical 

5 Controls

5.1 Principles of control 

design

5.6 Control use and 

design
Page 44 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

keyboard input devices 

6.1.4 Button design

5.1.4.2 Linear controls 

(push buttons)

finger- or hand-operated specifications for 

continuous variable 

operation: Rotary (knob)

15.6.8 Preferred physical 

specifications for 

discrete operation: Push 

button

5.6.5 Continuous 

adjustment rotary 

controls (knobs)

5.6.7 Pushbuttons

• Auditory signal 10.8 Audio Displays

10.8.2 When to use

10.8.3 Selection of signal 

type

10.8.4 General design

10.8.5 Signal design

5.3.1 Audio Displays 

5.3.1.7 Audio displays as 

part of the user interface 

5.3.2 Audio signals 

5.3.2.3 Alerting signals

5.3.2.5 Cueing signals

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.3 Auditory 

information presentation 

15.3.1 Valid use of 

auditory signals

15.3.2 Signal audibility 

15.3.3 Signal recognition

15.3.4 Gaining attention

15.3.5 Signal 

discrimination

15.3.6 Signal meaning 

15.3.9 Evaluation of 

auditory signals

13 Human-Computer 

Interface

13.10 Audio displays 

13.10.1 Use

13.10.2 Audio 

supportive function

13.10.3 Signal 

characteristics

• Visual Display 10.2 General

10.2.1 Simplicity

10.2.2 Usability 

10.2.6 Feedback

10.2.7 System Status

10.3 Layout

10.3.2 Location and 

arrangement

10.3.4 Display-Control 

relationships 

10.3.5 Location

10.4 Visual acquisition of 

display 

10.4.1 Display content

10.4.2 Minimal 

information

Part 3: Visual Display 

Requirements

5 Design requirements 

and recommendations

5.1 Design viewing 

distance

5.2 Line-of-sight angle

5.3 Angle of view

5.4 Character height

5.5 Stroke width

5.6 Character width-toheight ratio 

5.7 Raster modulation 

and fill factor

5.8 Character format

5.9 Character size 

5.2 Visual displays

5.2.1 Installation of visual

displays

5.2.2 Display content

5.2.3 Displays – hardware

5.2 Visual Displays

5.2.1 General

5.2.2 Transilluminated 

displays

5.2.3 Scale Indicators

5.2.4 Cathode ray tube 

(CRT) displays

5.2.5 Large-screen 

displays

5.2.6 Other displays

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment 

15.2 Visual information 

presentation 

15.2.1 Guiding 

principles

15.2.2 Visual displays

15.2.4 Use of colour

15.5 Discrete displays

15.5.1 Context of use

15.5.2 Viewing position 

15.5.3 Size of displays 

information

15.5.5 Contrast

15.5.6 Glare and 

6 Displays

6.1 Visual displays 

6.2 Location, orientation, 

lighting, and arrangement 

of displays 

6.3 Display illumination

6.4 Display types

8 Integration of controls, 

displays and alarms

8.1 Principles of design

8.2 Grouping 

relationships – principles 

of arrangement

8.6 Control and display 

movement relationships
Page 45 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

10.5 Visual Displays 

10.5.2.2 Viewing

conditions

10.5.2.3 Luminance and 

contrast

10.5.2.4 Spatial metrics

10.5.2.6 Color

uniformity 

5.10 Between character 

spacing

5.11 Between-word 

spacing 

5.14 Orthogonality

5.15 Display luminance

5.16 Luminance contrast

5.17 Luminance balance

5.18 Glare

5.19 Image polarity

5.20 Luminance 

uniformity 

5.21 Luminance coding

5.22 Blink coding 

5.23 Temporal 

instability (flicker) 

5.24 Spatial instability 

5.25 Screen image color 

(Part 3) 6 Measurement 

Conditions and 

Conventions

6.1.2 Lighting conditions

6.3 Display luminance 

setting

reflections

15.5.7 Displayed colour

• On/off switch 10.6.3 Control Devices

10.6.3.6 Rocker switches 

(on/off switch) 

5.1.4.2 Linear controls 

5.1.4.2.1 Discrete 

adjustment linear controls

e. Rocker switches

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.6 Discrete Controls

15.6.8.4 Rocker switches

5 Controls

5.6 Control Use and 

Design 

5.6.10 Rocker switches

• Software See Software below

Software 10.5.2.9 Software 

Elements

10.5.2.9.1 Scrolling

10.5.2.9.2 Navigation

10.5.2.9.3 Selection

10.5.2.9.4 Menus

10.5.2.9.5 Toolbars & 

Part 151: World Wide 

Web

6 High level design 

decisions and design 

strategy

6.2 Determining purpose 

of a Web application

5.1.2.1.4 Feedback c. 

Computer response

5.1.2.1.5 Error 

management

a. Error Correction

b. Early detection

c. Internal software 

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.4 Human-Computer 

Interaction 

15.4.1 Introduction

15.4.2 HCI Design 

13 Human-Computer 

Interface

13.1 General Design 

Requirements 

13.1.1 General 

Principles

13.1.2 Navigation
Page 46 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

Status Bars

10.5.2.9.6 Dialog Boxes

10.5.3 Display 

Interpretation

10.5.4 Display 

Technologies

10.5.5 Related Display 

Standards

10.10 User Interfaces 

with Automated Systems

10.10.1 Introduction

10.10.2 Automation

10.10.3 User Interfaces 

with Mobile Machines

6.3 Analyzing the target 

user groups

6.4 Analyzing the users' 

goals and tasks

6.5 Matching application 

purpose and user goals

6.6 Recognizing the 

purpose of a Web 

application

6.7 Prioritizing different 

design goals

6.8 ICT accessibility

6.9 Software 

accessibility

6.10 Web content 

accessibility

6.11 Identifying the 

website and its owner

6.12 Coherent multi-site 

strategy

(Part 151) 7 Content 

design

7.1 Conceptual content 

model

7.2 Content Objects and 

functionality

(Part 151) 8 Navigation 

and search

8.1 general

8.2 General guidance on 

navigation

8.3 Navigation structure

8.4 Navigation 

components

8.5 Search

(Part 151) 9 Content 

Presentation

9.1 General

checks

d. Critical entries

e. Error message content

f. Error recovery and 

process change 

g. Diagnostic information 

h. Correction entry and 

confirmation 

i. Spelling errors

5.1.3.5.2 Menu Selection

5.1.3.5.3 Form Filling

5.1.3.5.7 Query Language

5.2.2.5 Graphic and 

Representational displays

5.2.2.5.1 Graphical user 

interfaces

5.2.2.7 Help 

5.2.2.7.3 Online Help 

5.2.2.7.4 Browsing Help 

5.2.2.7.8 Prompts

Process

15.4.3 Essential HCI 

Development Activities

15.4.4 Interaction 

Requirements

15.4.5 Computer-Based 

Displays

15.4.6 Computer-Based 

Control

13.1.3 Consistency with 

Physical/Manual 

Interfaces

13.1.4 Standard 

Procedures

13.1.5 Computer 

Response

13.1.6 Screen Design 

and Content

13.1.7 Coding

13.1.8 Input Devices

13.1.9 System Status

13.1.10 On-Line Help

13.2 System Operations 

13.2.1 Log-on 

Procedures

13.2.2 Log-off 

Procedures

13.2.3 Computer Failure

13.2.4 Interaction

13.11 Data Entry

13.11.1 General 

Requirements

13.11.2 User pacing

13.11.3 Positive 

Feedback

13.11.4 Processing 

Display

13.11.5 Explicit Action

13.11.6 Validation

13.11.7 Available Data

13.11.8 Input Units

13.11.9 Buffer

13.11.10 Presentation 

Mode

13.11.11 Display 

Window

13.11.12 Data Deletion
Page 47 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

9.2 Observing principles 

of human perception

9.3 Page design issues

9.4 Link design

9.5 Interaction objects

9.6 Text design

(Part 151) 10 General 

design aspects

10.1 Designing for 

cultural diversity and 

multilingual use

10.2 Providing Help

10.3 Making Web user 

interfaces error-tolerant

10.4 URL names

10.5 Acceptable 

download times

10.6 Using generally 

accepted technologies 

and standards

10.7 Supporting 

common technologies

10.8 Making Web user 

interfaces robust

10.9 Designing for input 

device independence

10.10 Making the user 

interface of embedded 

objects usable and 

accessible

13.11.13 Data Change

13.11.14 Single Data 

Entry Method

13.11.15 Data Entry 

Display

13.11.16 Data Editing

13.11.17 String Search

13.11.18 Automatic Line 

Break

13.11.19 Format Control

13.11.20 Frequently 

Used Text

13.11.21 Control 

Annotations

13.11.22 Printing 

Options

13.11.23 Text Length

13.11.24 Justification

13.11.25 Minimization 

of Keying

13.13 Graphic Controls

13.13.1 Use

13.13.2 Iconic Menus

13.13.3 Supplemental 

Verbal Labels

13.13.4 Icon Controls

13.13.5 Palettes

13.13.6 Push-buttons

13.13.7 Radio Buttons

13.13.8 Check Boxes

13.13.9 Sliders

13.14 Windows

13.15 Menus

13.15.1 Use

13.15.2 Item Selection

13.15.3 Titles

13.15.4 Series Entry

13.15.5 Sequences
Page 48 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

13.15.6 Active Option 

Presentation

13.15.7 Format 

Consistency

13.15.8 Option Sequence

13.15.9 Simple Menus

13.15.10 Option 

Presentation

13.15.11 Direct Function 

Call

13.15.12 Consistency 

with Command 

Language

13.15.13 Option Coding

13.15.14 Keyed Codes

13.15.15 Position in 

Structure

13.15.16 Back Menu

13.15.17 Return to Top 

Level

13.16 Forms

13.16.1 Use

13.16.2 Grouping

13.16.3 Format/Content 

Consistency

13.16.4 Distinctive 

Fields

13.16.5 Omissions

13.16.6 Protected Areas

13.16.7 Flexible Data 

Entry

13.16.8 Logical Order

13.16.9 Control Entry

13.16.10 Message Forms

13.18 Language

13.18.1 Command 

Language

13.18.2 Punctuation
Page 49 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

13.18.3 Command Entry

13.18.4 Display 

Location

13.18.5 Command 

Prompts

13.18.6 Complexity

13.18.7 Macro 

Command

13.18.8 Standard 

Command Editing

13.18.9 Destructive 

Commands

13.18.10 Questions and 

Answers

13.18.11 Query 

Language

13.19 Feedback

13.19.1 Use

13.19.2 Standby

13.19.3 Process 

Outcome

13.19.4 Input 

Configuration

13.19.5 Current Modes

13.19.6 Highlighted 

Selection

13.19.7 Input Rejection

13.19.8 Feedback 

Messages

13.19.9 Time Delay 

Warning

13.20 Prompts

13.20.1 Use

13.20.2 Standard 

Display

13.20.3 Explicit Prompts

13.20.4 Prompt Clarity

13.20.5 Definitions
Page 50 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

13.20.6 Consistent 

Technology 

13.20.7 Confirmation

13.21 Defaults

13.21.1 Use

13.21.2 User Selection

13.21.3 Default 

Substitution

13.21.4 Sequential 

Defaults

13.22 Error 

Management/Data 

Protection

13.22.1 Error Correction

13.22.2 Error Detection

13.22.3 Internal 

Software Checks

13.22.4 Critical Entries

13.22.5 Error Message 

Content

13.22.6 Error Recovery

13.22.7 Diagnostic 

Information

13.22.8 Entry Correction 

and Confirmation

13.22.9 Spelling Errors

13.22.10 Errors in 

Stacked Commands 

(stacked sequences)

13.22.11 Display of 

Erroneous Entries

13.22.12 File 

Management

13.23 Data Security

13.23.1 General

13.23.2 Automated 

Measures

13.23.3 Segregating 
Page 51 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

Real/Simulated Data

13.23.4 Security 

Classification Display

13.23.5 User 

Identification

13.24 Help

13.24.1 General

13.24.2 Help Request

13.24.3 Help Content

13.24.4 Multi-Level 

HELP

13.24.5 Browse/Help

13.24.6 Help Access

13.24.7 Appropriate 

Help

13.25 Software

13.25.1 General

13.25.2 Information and 

System Response

13.25.3 Compute Failure

13.25.4 Task 

Complexity

13.25.5 Interaction

13.26 Data 

Transmission/ 

Messaging

13.26.1 Functional 

Integration

13.26.2 Consistent 

Procedures

13.26.3 Message 

Formats

13.26.4 Interruption

13.26.5 Incorporate 

Existing Files

13.26.6 User Initiation

13.26.7 Transmission 

Notification
Page 52 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

13.26.8 Address Entry 

Prompt

13.26.9 Incoming 

Message Control

13.26.10 Data 

Presentation

Workstation 8.7.3.4 Fixtures for 

lighting tasks 

8.7.5 Glare

Part 5: Workstation 

Layout and Postural 

Requirements

4 Guiding Principles

4.1 General

4.2 Versatility and 

Flexibility 

4.3 Fit

4.4 Postural Change

4.5 User Information 

4.6 MaintainabilityAdaptability 

(Part 5) 5 Design 

Requirements and 

Recommendations

5.1 General

5.2 Postures

5.3 Ease of Adjustment

5.4 Support Surfaces

5.5 Work Chair

5.6 Additional Support 

Elements

5.7 Layout of 

Workstations Within the 

Work Space

5.2.1.3.13 Display 

adjacent surfaces

5.2.3.13.13 Glare

5.5.3 Illuminance

5.5.3.1.1 General

5.5.3.1.1 d. Illumination 

source distribution to 

reduce glare

5.7.7 General 

Equipment-related 

Hazards

5.10 Workspace Design 

5.10.1 General 

5.10.2 Workspace 

provision

5.10.3 Workstation design

5.10.4 Special-purpose 

console design

5.14 Peripherals

5.7 Workspace Design

5.7.1 General 

5.7.2 Standing 

Operations

5.7.2.1 General

5.7.2.2 Advantages

5.7.2.3 Work Surface

5.7.2.4 Equipment 

placement

5.7.2.5 Dimensions

5.7.3 Seated Operations

5.7.3.1 Advantages

5.7.3.2 Seating

5.7.3.3 Cushioning

5.7.3.4 Armrests

5.7.3.5 Footrests

5.7.3.6 Temporary Seats

5.7.3.7 Mobile 

Workspace

5.7.5 Standard console 

design

5.7.5.1 Display surfaces

5.7.5.2 Control surfaces

5.7.7 Stairs, ladders, and 

ramps

5.7.7.1 General criteria

5.7.7.2 Stairs

5.7.7.3 Ladders

5.7.7.4 Ramps

5.7.7.6 Elevators, 

inclinators, and 

hydraulic-operated work 

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 13 

The Workplace

13.2 Workplace Design 

13.2.3 Design Principles

13.2.4 General Layout

13.2.5 Specific 

Requirements for 

Workstations

13.2.6 Working 

Environment 

13.2.7 Approaches and 

Methods to Workplace 

Design

13.2.8 Workspace 

Design Reviews

13.3 Workspace and 

Task Lighting 

13.3.1 Introduction

13.3.2 Photometry and 

Colorimetry 

13.3.3 Lighting Design 

Practice

13.3.4 Daylight

13.3.5 Lighting 

Equipment 

13.3.6 Energy 

Considerations

13.3.8 Display Screen 

Equipment Lighting 

13.3.9 Safety-Related 

Lighting

3 Terminology

3.1.48 Glare

10 Workplace 

Arrangements

10.1 Basic Principles of 

Workplace Design

10.1.7 Control/Display 

Accessibility

10.2.4 Computer 

Workstation

10.3.4 Display Mounting

14 Habitability

14.1 Noise

14.1.1. Maximum 

Levels

14.1.2 Maximum 

Exposure and Protection

14.2 Indoor Climate

14.2.1 Design 

Requirement

14.2.2 Temperature

14.2.3 Relative 

Humidity 

14.2.4 Temperature/ 

Humidity Design

14.3 Lighting

14.3.1 General Design 

Requirements

14.3.2 Location

14.3.5 Lighting Levels

14.3.6 Brightness Ratio

14.3.7 Wall Surface 
Page 53 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

platforms

5.7.8 Ingress & egress

5.7.8.1 Routine

5.7.8.2 Non-routine

5.7.8.3 Walkways & 

Passageways

5.8 Environment

5.8.1 Heating, 

ventilating, and air 

conditioning

5.8.1.1 Heating

5.8.1.4 Environmental 

Factors 

5.8.1.5 Thermal 

tolerance and comfort 

zones

5.8.2 Illuminance

5.8.2.1 General

5.8.2.2 Illumination 

levels and distribution 

5.8.2.3 Lighting fixtures

5.8.2.4 Brightness ratios

5.8.2.5 Glare

5.8.2.6 Reflectance

5.8.2.7 Dark adaptation 

5.8.4 Vibration

5.8.4.1 Whole-body 

vibration

5.8.4.2 Equipment 

vibration

Reflectance

14.3.8 Other Lighting 

Requirement

Keyboard Part 4 Keyboard 

Requirements

6 Design Requirements 

and Recommendations

6.1 General Design of 

the Keyboard

6.2 Design of Keys

(Part 4) 7 Measurement 

5.1.3 Computer controls

5.1.3.2 Keyboards

5.1.3.3 Mouse/ 

trackballs/joysticks

5.1.3.4 Data entry

5.4.3.1.3. Keyboards, 

keypads, keysets, and 

menu selectors

5.4.3.1.3.1 Use

5.4.3.1.3.2 Keyboards

5.4.3.1.3.2.1 Mounting

5.4.3.1.3.2.2 Function 

control

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.6 Discrete Controls

15.6.9.1 Keyboards/ 

Membrane Keys

15.6.9.2 Keypads

15.6.12.2 Mouse

13 Human-Computer 

Interface

13.27 Input Devices

13.27.2 Keyboard Use

13.27.11 Mouse Use

13.27.14 Input Device 

Interchangeability/ 

Redundancy
Page 54 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

7.1 General

7.2 General Design of 

the Keyboard

7.3 Design of Keys

5.4.3.1.3.3 Keypads

5.4.3.1.3.3.1 Mounting

5.4.3.1.3.3.2 Actuating 

force

5.4.3.1.3.3.3 Function 

control

5.4.3.1.3.4 Dedicated 

keysets

5.4.3.1.3.5 Multifunction (programmable) 

keysets

Monitor Part 3: Visual Display 

Requirements

5 Design requirements 

and recommendations

5.1 Design Viewing 

Distance

5.2 Line-of-sight Angle

5.3 Angle of View

5.4 Character Height

5.5 Stroke Width

5.6 Character Width-toHeight Ratio

5.8 Character Format

5.9 Character Size 

Uniformity

5.10 Between-CharacterSpacing

5.11 Between-Word 

Spacing

5.12 Between-Line 

Spacing

5.13 Linearity 

5.14 Orthogonality

5.15 Display Luminance

5.16 Luminance 

Contrast

5.17 Luminance Balance

5.1.3.1.9 Parallax and 

glare

5.1.3.10 Touch screen 

viewing angle

5.2.1.3.10 Glare of visual 

displays 

5.2.1.3.11 Reflected glare 

of visual displays 

5.2.1.3.12 

Polarized/tinged glass for 

visual displays 

5.2.1.3.13 Display 

adjacent surfaces

5.2.1.13.13 Glare

5.2 Visual displays

5.2.1 General

5.2.1.2 Display 

illumination and light 

distribution 

5.2.1.3 Information

5.2.2 Trans-illuminated 

displays 

5.2.2.1 General

5.2.2.2 Legend lights

5.2.2.3 Simple indicator 

lights

5.2.2.4 Transilluminated panel 

assemblies

3 Terminology

3.1.48 Glare

13 Human-Computer 

Interface

13.3 Computer Displays

13.3.1 Design Criteria

13.3.2 Luminance

13.3.3 Contrast Ratio

13.3.4 Refresh Rate

13.3.5 Monochromatic 

Color Combinations

13.3.6 Resolution and 

Display Size

13.3.7 Flat Panel Image 

Formation Time

13.3.8 Flicker

13.3.9 Jitter

13.3.10 Glare

13.27 Input Devices

13.27.5.4 Touchscreen 

parallax and glare

15 Labeling

15.1.9 Character/ 

Background color 
Page 55 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

5.18 Glare

5.19 Image Polarity

5.20 Luminance 

Uniformity

5.21 Luminance Coding

5.22 Blink Coding

5.23 Temporal 

Instability (Flicker)

5.24 Spatial Instability 

(Jitter)

5.25 Screen Image Color

(Part 3) 6.6 Specific 

Measurements (Like 

above but Specific)

Bar Code Scanner

• Software See Software Above

• Display See Visual Display under High Resolution Digital Camera above

• On/off switch 10.6.3 Control Devices

10.6.3.6 Rocker switches 

(on/off switch) 

5.1.4.2 Linear controls 

5.1.4.2.1 Discrete 

adjustment linear controls 

e. Rocker switches

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.6 Discrete Controls

15.6.8.4 Rocker switches

5 Controls

5.6 Control Use and 

Design 

5.6.10 Rocker switches

Fingerprint Scanner & 

components: 

5.1.3.1.9 Parallax and 

glare (touch screen 

devices)

5.1.3.10 Touch screen 

viewing angle

• Platen

• Software See Software above

• Keypad 10.6.2 Design 

Characteristics

10.6.3 Control Devices

10.6.3.3 Keyboard 

(includes keypad)

Part 4: Keyboard 

requirements 

6.2 Design of keys

6.2.4 Keying feedback

6.2.8 Key legends

5.1.3.2 Keyboards

5.1.3.2.1 Layout and 

configuration

5.4.3.1.3 Keyboards, 

keypads, keysets, and 

menu selectors

5.4.3.1.3.3 Keypads

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.6.9 Preferred Physical 

Specifications for Data 
Page 56 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

6.2.10 Numeric keypad Entry: Keyed

15.6.9.1 Keyboards/

Membrane keys

15.6.9.2 Keypads

• Display 10.2 General

10.2.1 Simplicity

10.2.2 Usability 

10.2.6 Feedback 

10.2.7 System Status

10.3 Layout

10.3.2 Location and 

arrangement

10.3.4 Display-Control 

relationships 

10.3.5 Location

10.4 Visual acquisition of 

display 

10.4.1 Display content

10.4.2 Minimal 

information

10.5 Visual Displays 

10.5.2.2 Viewing 

conditions

10.5.2.3 Luminance and 

contrast

10.5.2.4 Spatial metrics

10.5.2.6 Color

Part 3: Visual Display 

Requirements

5 Design requirements 

and recommendations

5.1 Design viewing 

distance

5.2 Line-of-sight angle

5.3 Angle of view

5.4 Character height

5.5 Stroke width

5.6 Character width-toheight ratio 

5.7 Raster modulation 

and fill factor

5.8 Character format

5.9 Character size 

uniformity 

5.10 Between character 

spacing

5.11 Between-word 

spacing 

5.14 Orthogonality

5.15 Display luminance

5.16 Luminance contrast

5.17 Luminance balance

5.18 Glare

5.19 Image polarity 

5.20 Luminance 

uniformity 

5.21 Luminance coding

5.22 Blink coding 

5.23 Temporal 

instability (flicker) 

5.24 Spatial instability 

5.2 Visual displays

5.2.1 Installation of visual 

displays

5.2.2 Display content

5.2.3 Displays – hardware

5.2 Visual Displays

5.2.1 General

5.2.2 Transilluminated 

displays

5.2.3 Scale Indicators

5.2.4 Cathode ray tube 

(CRT) displays

5.2.5 Large-screen 

displays

5.2.6 Other displays

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment 

15.2 Visual information 

presentation 

15.2.1 Guiding 

principles

15.2.2 Visual displays

15.2.4 Use of colour

15.5 Discrete displays

15.5.1 Context of use

15.5.2 Viewing position 

15.5.3 Size of displays 

information

15.5.5 Contrast

15.5.6 Glare and 

reflections

15.5.7 Displayed colour

6.Displays

6.1 Visual displays 

6.2 Location, orientation, 

lighting, and arrangement 

of displays 

6.3 Display illumination

6.4 Display types

8 Integration of controls, 

displays and alarms

8.1 Principles of design

8.2 Grouping 

relationships – principles 

of arrangement

8.6 Control and display 

movement relationships
Page 57 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

5.25 Screen image color 

(Part 3) 6 Measurement 

Conditions and 

Conventions

6.1.2 Lighting conditions

6.3 Display luminance 

setting

L1 Graphic User 

Interface

(software)

10.2.5 Distinction

10.2.5.1 Visual & 

Auditory

10.2.5.2 Operational

10.2.5.3 Syntax

10.2.5.4 Spatial & 

Grouping

10.2.6 Feedback

10.2.6.1 Types

10.2.6.2 Timing

10.5.2.9 Software 

Elements

10.5.2.9.1 Scrolling

10.5.2.9.2 Navigation

10.5.2.9.3 Selection

10.5.2.9.4 Menus

10.5.2.9.5 Toolbars & 

Status Bars

10.5.2.9.6 Dialog Boxes

10.3 Layout of Displays 

and Controls

10.3.2 Locations and 

Arrangements

10.3.3 Groupings

10.3.4 Display-Control 

Relationships

10.4 Visual Acquisition of 

Display

10.4.1 Display Content

10.4.2 Minimal 

Information

Part 6: Ergonomic 

requirements for office 

work with visual display 

terminals (VDTs) 

Guidance on the Work 

Environment

5 Guidance on Natural 

and Artificial Lighting

5.1 General

5.2 Basic Aspects

5.3 Luminance 

Distribution in the Work 

Space

5.4 Glare Control

Part 12: Ergonomic 

requirements for office 

work with VDTs –

Presentation of 

information

5 Organization of 

Information 

5.1 Location of 

Information

5.2 Appropriateness of 

Windows

5.3 Recommendations 

for Windows

5.4 Areas

5.5 Input/output Area

5.6 Groups

5.7 Lists

5.1.2.1.4 Feedback c. 

Computer response

5.1.2.1.5 Error 

management

a. Error Correction

b. Early detection

c. Internal software 

checks

d. Critical entries

e. Error message content

f. Error recovery and 

process change 

g. Diagnostic information 

h. Correction entry and 

confirmation 

i. Spelling errors

5.1.3.5.2 Menu Selection

5.1.3.5.3 Form Filling

5.1.3.5.7 Query Language

5.2.2.5 Graphic and 

Representational displays

5.2.2.5.1 Graphical user 

interfaces

5.2.2.7 Help 

5.2.2.7.3 Online Help 

5.2.2.7.4 Browsing Help 

5.2.2.7.8 Prompts

5.4 Labeling

5.4.1 General

5.4.2 Orientation

5.4.3 Location

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.2.3 Labeling

15.2.4 Use of Color 

15.2.4.1 Color Coding

15.2.4.2 Color Coding 

15.2.4.3 Redundant 

Coding 

15.2.4.4 Contract and 

Legibility 

15.2.4.5 Color and Size

15.2.4.6 Color Vision

15.2.4.7 Using Color in 

Design 

15.2.5 Coding –

alphanumeric or 

graphical short forms 

used to represent 

information 

15.2.5.1 Alphanumeric 

Coding 

15.2.5.2 Graphical 

Coding 

15.2.5.3 Flash Coding

15.2.5.4 Shape and Size 

Coding

15.2.5.5 String Length

15.2.5.6 Coding by Type 

Size and Style

15.2.5.7 Blink Coding 

13 Human-Computer 

Interface

13.1 General Design 

Requirements

13.1.1 General 

Principles

13.1.2 Navigation

13.1.3 Consistency with 

Physical/Manual 

Interfaces

13.1.4 Standard 

Procedures

13.1.5 Computer 

Response

13.1.6 Screen Design 

and Content

13.1.7 Coding

13.1.8 Input Devices

13.1.9 System Status

13.1.10 On-Line Help 

13.2 System Operations

13.2.1 Log-on 

Procedures

13.2.2 Log-off 

Procedures

13.2.3 Computer Failure

13.2.4 Interaction

13.3 Computer Displays

13.3.1 Design Criteria

13.3.2 Luminance

13.3.3 Contrast Ratio
Page 58 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

10.4.3 Effective and 

Consistent Verbiage

10.4.4 Data Density

10.4.5 Information 

Access

10.4.6 Graphics

10.5 Display Metrics

10.5.2 Display Metrics

10.5.2.9 Software 

Elements

10.5.2.9.1 Scrolling

10.5.2.9.2 Navigation

10.5.2.9.3 Selection

10.5.2.9.4 Menus

10.5.2.9.5 Toolbars & 

Status Bars

10.5.2.9.6 Dialog Boxes

10.5.3 Display 

Interpretation

10.5.4 Display 

Technologies

10.5.5 Related Display 

Standards

10.10 User Interfaces 

with Automated Systems

10.10.1 Introduction

10.10.2 Automation

10.10.3 User Interfaces 

with Mobile Machines

5.8 Tables

5.9 Labels

5.9.1 Labeling Screen 

Elements

5.9.2 Label Designation

5.9.3 Grammatical 

Construction of Labels

5.9.4 Label Position

5.9.5 Distinction of 

Labels and Associated 

Information

5.9.6 Label Format and 

Alignment

5.9.7 Labels for Units 

of Measurement

5.10 Fields

(Part 12) 6 Graphical 

Objects 

6.1 General 

Recommendations for 

Graphical Objects

6.2 Cursors & Pointers

6.2.1 Designation of 

Cursor and Pointer 

Position

6.2.2 Cursor Occlusion 

of Characters

6.2.3 Cursor and 

Pointer Location

6.2.4 Cursor "home" 

Position

6.2.5 Initial Position for 

Entry Fields

6.2.6 Point Designation 

Accuracy

6.2.7 Different 

Cursors/Pointers

6.2.8 Active 

5.4.4 Contents

5.4.5 Readability qualities

5.4.6 Design of Label 

Characteristics

5.4.7 Equipment Labeling

5.4.8 Labeling for 

Identification

15.2.5.8 Luminance 

Coding

15.2.7 Use of Text

15.2.7.2 Accurate, fast 

comprehension: design 

checklist

15.2.7.3 Format

15.2.7.4 Character 

Typeface

15.2.7.5 Typographical 

cueing

15.2.7.6 Continuous 

Text

15.2.7.7 Emphasizing 

Text

15.2.7.8 Instructions

15.2.7.9 Text format: 

Design Checklist

15.2.8 Use of Windows –

a means of organizing 

the display screen to 

support usability 

15.2.8.2 Paging, 

Scrolling and Panning

15.2.9 Display Formats

15.2.9.1 Structured Data 

Fields

15.2.9.2 Free Text fields

15.2.9.3 Forms

15.2.9.4 Tables

15.2.9.5 Graphical 

Format

15.2.10 Graphical 

Information 

15.2.10.2 Representative 

Graphics

15.2.10.3 Diagrammatic 

Graphics

13.3.4 Refresh Rate

13.3.5 Monochromatic 

Color Combinations

13.3.6 Resolution and 

Display Size

13.3.7 Flat Panel Image 

Formation Time

13.3.8 Flicker

13.3.9 Jitter

13.3.10 Glare

13.4 Display Content

13.4.1 Standardization

13.4.2 Information 

Density

13.4.3 Data Display 

Consistency

13.8 Textual Data 

Displays

13.8.1 Use

13.8.2 Character 

Formats

13.8.3 Brevity

13.8.4 Abbreviations and 

Acronyms

13.8.5 Print Layout

13.9 Graphic Displays

13.9.1 Use

13.9.2 Recurring Data

13.9.3 Refresh Rates

13.9.4 Line Format

13.9.5 Trend Lines

13.9.6 Pointing

13.9.7 Distinctive Cursor

13.9.8 Precise 

Positioning

13.9.9 Selecting Graphic 

Elements

13.9.10 Easy Storage 
Page 59 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

Cursor/Pointer

6.2.9 Multiple Cursors 

and Pointers

(Part 12) 7 Coding 

Techniques

7.1 General 

Recommendations for 

Codes

7.2 Alphanumeric 

Coding

7.3 Abbreviations for 

Alphanumeric Codes

7.4 Graphical Coding

7.5 Color Coding

Part 13: Ergonomic 

requirements for office 

work with VDTs – User 

guidance

6 Prompts

6.1 Description

6.2 Prompting 

Recommendations

(Part 13) 7 Feedback 

7.1 Description

7.2 Feedback 

Recommendations

(Part 13) 8 Status

Information

8.1 Description

8.2 Status 

Recommendations

(Part 13) 9 Error 

Management

9.1 Description

9.2 Error Prevention

9.3 Error Correction by 

the System

9.4 Error Management 

15.2.10.4 Iconic 

Graphics

15.4 Human-Computer 

Interaction 

15.4.1 Introduction

15.4.2 HCI Design

Process

15.4.3 Essential HCI 

Development Activities

15.4.4 Interaction 

Requirements

15.4.5 Computer-Based 

Displays

15.4.6 Computer-Based 

Control

15.4.7 Support Facilities 

-embedded training 

15.4.7.1 System 

documentation

15.4.7.2 User support 

and training

15.4.7.3 On-Line help 

15.4.7.4 Help and Error 

messages

15.5 Discrete Displays

15.5.1 Context of Use

15.5.2 Viewing Position

15.5.3 Size of Displayed 

Information 

15.5.4 Parallax

15.5.5 Contrast

15.5.6 Glare and 

Reflections

15.5.7 Displayed Color

15.5.8 Electronic 

Display Characteristics

15.5.9 Display Standards

15.5.11 Selection of 

and Retrieval 

13.9.11 Automatic Data 

Registration

13.9.12 Graphic Formats

13.9.13 Derivation of 

Graphical Data

13.9.14 Drawing Lines

13.9.15 Resizing

13.9.16 Highlighting 

Data

13.9.17 Reference Index

13.9.18 Annotation of 

Data

13.9.19 Label 

Orientation

13.11 Data Entry 

13.11.1 General 

Requirements

13.11.2 User pacing

13.11.3 Positive 

Feedback

13.11.4 Processing 

Display

13.11.5 Explicit Action

13.11.6 Validation

13.11.7 Available Data

13.11.8 Input Units

13.11.9 Buffer

13.11.10 Presentation 

Mode

13.11.11 Display 

Window

13.11.12 Data Deletion

13.11.13 Data Change

13.11.14 Single Data 

Entry Method

13.11.15 Data Entry 

Display
Page 60 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

by the User

9.5 Error Messages

(Part 13)10 Online Help 

10.1 Description

10.2 System-initiated 

Help

10.3 User-initiated Help 

10.4 Presentation of 

Help Information

10.5 Help Navigation 

and Controls

10.6 Browsable Help 

10.7 Context-Sensitive 

Help

Part 14 Ergonomic 

requirements for office 

work with VDTs – Menu 

Dialogues

5 Menu Structure

5.1 Structuring into 

Levels and Menus

5.2 Grouping Options 

within a Menu

5.3 Sequencing of 

Options within Groups

(Part 14) 6 Menu 

Navigation

6.1 Navigation Cues

6.2 Rapid Navigation

(Part 14) 7 Option 

Selection and Execution

7.1 Selection Methods

7.2 Alphanumeric 

Keyboard

7.3 Function Keys

7.4 Cursor Key Selection

7.5 Pointing

7.6 Voice

Display Technology 13.11.16 Data Editing

13.11.17 String Search

13.11.18 Automatic Line 

Break

13.11.19 Format Control

13.11.20 Frequently 

Used Text

13.11.21 Control 

Annotations

13.11.22 Printing 

Options

13.11.23 Text Length

13.11.24 Justification

13.11.25 Minimization 

of Keying

13.14 Windows

13.14.1 Use

13.14.2 Primary and 

Secondary Windows

13.14.3 Window 

Location

13.14.4 Multiple 

Windows

13.14.5 Window 

Navigation

13.14.6 Window 

Shifting

13.14.7 Window 

Organization

13.14.8 Title Bar

13.14.9 Status Bar

13.14.10 Tool Bars

13.14.11 Control 

Consistency

13.14.12 Active 

Windows

13.14.13 Moving 

Windows
Page 61 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

(Part 14) 8 Menu 

Presentation

8.1 Option Accessibility 

and Discrimination

Part 151: Guidance on 

World Wide Web user 

interfaces

6 High level design 

decisions and design 

strategy

6.2 Determining purpose 

of a Web application

6.3 Analyzing the target 

user groups

6.4 Analyzing the users' 

goals and tasks

6.5 Matching application 

purpose and user goals

6.6 Recognizing the 

purpose of a Web 

application

6.7 Prioritizing different 

design goals

6.8 ICT accessibility

6.9 Software 

accessibility

6.10 Web content 

accessibility

6.11 Identifying the 

website and its owner

6.12 Coherent multi-site 

strategy

(Part 151) 7 Content 

design

7.1 Conceptual content 

model

7.2 Content Objects and

functionality

13.14.14 Window Sizing

13.14.15 Scrolling

13.14.16 Zooming

13.14.17 Window 

Menus

13.14.18 Window 

Toolbars

13.14.19 Message 

Windows

13.15 Menus

13.15.1 Use

13.15.2 Item Selection

13.15.3 Titles

13.15.4 Series Entry

13.15.5 Sequences

13.15.6 Active Option 

Presentation

13.15.7 Format 

Consistency

13.15.8 Option Sequence

13.15.9 Simple Menus

13.15.10 Option 

Presentation

13.15.11 Direct Function 

Call

13.15.12 Consistency 

with Command 

Language

13.15.13 Option Coding

13.15.14 Keyed Codes

13.15.15 Position in 

Structure

13.15.16 Back Menu

13.15.17 Return to Top 

Level

13.16 Forms

13.16.1 Use

13.16.2 Grouping
Page 62 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

(Part 151) 8 Navigation 

and search

8.1 general

8.2 General guidance on 

navigation

8.3 Navigation structure

8.4 Navigation 

components

8.5 Search

(Part 151) 9 Content 

Presentation

9.1 General

9.2 Observing principles 

of human perception

9.3 Page design issues

9.4 Link design

9.5 Interaction objects

9.6 Text design

(Part 151) 10 General 

design aspects

10.1 Designing for 

cultural diversity and 

multilingual use

10.2 Providing Help

10.3 Making Web user 

interfaces error-tolerant

10.4 URL names

10.5 Acceptable 

download times

10.6 Using generally 

accepted technologies 

and standards

10.7 Supporting 

common technologies

10.8 Making Web user 

interfaces robust

10.9 Designing for input 

device independence

13.16.3 Format/Content 

Consistency

13.16.4 Distinctive 

Fields

13.16.5 Omissions

13.16.6 Protected Areas

13.16.7 Flexible Data 

Entry

13.16.8 Logical Order

13.16.9 Control Entry

13.16.10 Message Forms

13.20 Prompts

13.20.1 Use

13.20.2 Standard 

Display

13.20.3 Explicit Prompts

13.20.4 Prompt Clarity

13.20.5 Definitions

13.20.6 Consistent 

Technology 

13.20.7 Confirmation 

13.21 Defaults

13.21.1 Use

13.21.2 User Selection

13.21.3 Default 

Substitution

13.21.4 Sequential 

Defaults

13.22 Error 

Management/Data 

Protection

13.22.1 Error Correction

13.22.2 Error Detection

13.22.3 Internal 

Software Checks

13.22.4 Critical Entries

13.22.5 Error Message 

Content
Page 63 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

10.10 Making the user 

interface of embedded 

objects usable and 

accessible

13.22.6 Error Recovery

13.22.7 Diagnostic 

Information

13.22.8 Entry Correction 

and Confirmation

13.22.9 Spelling Errors

13.22.10 Errors in 

Stacked Commands 

(stacked sequences)

13.22.11 Display of 

Erroneous Entries

13.22.12 File 

Management

13.24 Help 

13.24.1 General

13.24.2 Help Request

13.24.3 Help Content

13.24.4 Multi-Level 

HELP

13.24.5 Browse/Help

13.24.6 Help Access

13.24.7 Appropriate 

Help

13.26 Data 

Transmission/ 

Messaging

13.26.1 Functional 

Integration

13.26.2 Consistent 

Procedures

13.26.3 Message 

Formats

13.26.4 Interruption

13.26.5 Incorporate 

Existing Files

13.26.6 User Initiation

13.26.7 Transmission 

Notification
Page 64 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

13.26.8 Address Entry 

Prompt

13.26.9 Incoming 

Message Control

13.26.10 Data 

Presentation

Signature Pad & 

components:

10.6.3.26 Other Controls 13 Human-Computer 

Interface

13.27 Input Devices

13.27.5 Touchscreen 

Use

13.27.10 Grid and Stylus 

Devices

• Stylus 10.6.3 Control Devices

10.6.3.16 Stylus

5.1.3.3.5 Grid-and-stylus 

devices

5.4.3.2.5 Grid-and-stylus 

devices

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance

15.6 Discrete Controls

15.6.12.1 Digitising 

tablet

13 Human-Computer 

Interface

13.27 Input Devices

13.27.10 Grid and stylus 

devices

• Display 10.2 General

10.2.1 Simplicity

10.2.2 Usability 

10.2.6 Feedback 

10.2.7 System Status

10.3 Layout

10.3.2 Location and 

arrangement

10.3.4 Display-Control 

relationships 

10.3.5 Location

10.4 Visual acquisition of 

display 

10.4.1 Display content

10.4.2 Minimal 

information

10.5 Visual Displays 

10.5.2.2 Viewing 

conditions

10.5.2.3 Luminance and 

Part 3: Visual Display 

Requirements

5 Design requirements 

and recommendations

5.1 Design viewing 

distance

5.2 Line-of-sight angle

5.3 Angle of view

5.4 Character height

5.5 Stroke width

5.6 Character width-toheight ratio 

5.7 Raster modulation 

and fill factor

5.8 Character format

5.9 Character size 

uniformity 

5.10 Between character 

spacing

5.11 Between-word 

5.2 Visual displays

5.2.1 Installation of visual 

displays

5.2.2 Display content

5.2.3 Displays – hardware

5.2 Visual Displays

5.2.1 General

5.2.2 Transilluminated 

displays

5.2.3 Scale Indicators

5.2.4 Cathode ray tube 

(CRT) displays

5.2.5 Large-screen 

displays

5.2.6 Other displays

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment 

15.2 Visual information 

presentation 

15.2.1 Guiding 

principles

15.2.2 Visual displays

15.2.4 Use of colour

15.5 Discrete displays

15.5.1 Context of use

15.5.2 Viewing position 

15.5.3 Size of displays 

information

15.5.5 Contrast

15.5.6 Glare and 

reflections

15.5.7 Displayed colour

6.Displays

6.1 Visual displays 

6.2 Location, orientation, 

lighting, and arrangement 

of displays 

6.3 Display illumination

6.4 Display types

8 Integration of controls, 

displays and alarms

8.1 Principles of design

8.2 Grouping 

relationships – principles 

of arrangement

8.6 Control and display 

movement relationships
Page 65 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

contrast

10.5.2.4 Spatial metrics

10.5.2.6 Color

spacing 

5.14 Orthogonality

5.15 Display luminance

5.16 Luminance contrast

5.17 Luminance balance

5.18 Glare

5.19 Image polarity 

5.20 Luminance 

uniformity 

5.21 Luminance coding

5.22 Blink coding 

5.23 Temporal 

instability (flicker) 

5.24 Spatial instability 

5.25 Screen image color 

(Part 3) 6 Measurement 

Conditions and 

Conventions

6.1.2 Lighting conditions

6.3 Display luminance 

setting

• Software See Software above

Computer/Laptop 10.10 User Interfaces 

with Automated Systems

10.10.1 Introduction

10.10.2 Automation

10.10.3 User Interfaces 

with Mobile Machines

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.4 Human-Computer 

Interaction 

15.4.1 Introduction

15.4.2 HCI Design 

Process

15.4.3 Essential HCI 

Development Activities

15.4.4 Interaction 

Requirements

15.4.5 Computer-Based 

Displays

15.4.6 Computer-Based 

Control

13 Human-Computer 

Interface

13.1 General Design 

Requirements

13.1.1 General 

Principles

13.1.2 Navigation

13.1.3 Consistency with 

Physical/Manual 

Interfaces

13.1.4 Standard 

Procedures

13.1.5 Computer 

Response

13.1.6 Screen Design 

and Content
Page 66 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

13.1.7 Coding

13.1.8 Input Devices

13.1.9 System Status

13.1.10 On-Line Help 

13.2 System Operations

13.2.1 Log-on 

Procedures

13.2.2 Log-off 

Procedures

13.2.3 Computer Failure

13.2.4 Interaction

13.3 Computer Displays

13.3.1 Design Criteria

13.3.2 Luminance

13.3.3 Contrast Ratio

13.3.4 Refresh Rate

13.3.5 Monochromatic 

Color Combinations

13.3.6 Resolution and 

Display Size

13.3.7 Flat Panel Image 

Formation Time

13.3.8 Flicker

13.3.9 Jitter

13.3.10 Glare

13.4 Display Content

13.4.1 Standardization

13.4.2 Information 

Density

13.8 Textual Data 

Displays

13.8.1 Use

13.8.2 Character 

Formats

13.8.3 Brevity

13.8.4 Abbreviations and 

Acronyms

13.8.5 Print Layout
Page 67 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

13.9 Graphic Displays

13.9.1 Use

13.9.2 Recurring Data

13.9.3 Refresh Rates

13.9.4 Line Format

13.9.5 Trend Lines

13.9.6 Pointing

13.9.7 Distinctive Cursor

13.9.8 Precise 

Positioning

13.9.9 Selecting Graphic 

Elements

13.9.10 Easy Storage 

and Retrieval 

13.9.11 Automatic Data 

Registration

13.9.12 Graphic Formats

13.9.13 Derivation of 

Graphical Data

13.9.14 Drawing Lines

13.9.15 Resizing

13.9.16 Highlighting 

Data

13.9.17 Reference Index

13.9.18 Annotation of 

Data

13.9.19 Label 

Orientation

13.9.20 Pictorial 

Symbols

13.9.21 Display of Scale

13.9.22 Grids

13.9.23 Graphic 

Comparison

13.9.24 Bar Graphs

13.9.25 Maps

13.9.26 Mimics

13.27 Input Devices
Page 68 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

13.27.1 Input Devices

13.27.2 Keyboard Use

13.27.3 Fixed Function 

Keys

13.27.4 Variable Action

13.27.5 Touchscreen 

Use

13.27.6 Pointing Devices

13.27.7 Joysticks

13.27.8 Thumb Tip and 

Fingertip-Operated 

Displacement Joysticks

13.27.9 Trackball

13.27.10 Grid and Stylus 

Devices

13.27.11 Mouse Use

13.27.12 Light Pen

13.27.13 Speech 

Recognition Use

13.27.14 Input Device 

Interchangeability/

Redundancy
Page 69 3/2013

B.2: TSA

Locations: Over 405 airports across the U.S.

Environment: Airports (heavy passenger flow with high pressure; dust and dirt; glare from glass to outside and 

sunlight)

Transportation Security Officers (TSOs): 43,000

Security Inspectors: 1,000

Passengers screened: over 2,000,000 per day

Baggage screening locations: 7,000

Bags screened: millions per day

TSO Tasks: passenger and baggage screening 

Equipment: 

• Hand-held black light

• Walk-through metal detector

• Threat image protection x-ray machine

• Hand-held (wand) metal detector

• Whole body image scanner

• Cast and prosthesis imager

• Explosive trace detection machine

• Chemical detection scanner

• Bottled liquid scanner

• Workstation 

• Keyboard

• Monitor (single or dual, for luggage scanners)

• Barcode scanner

• Software
Page 70 3/2013

Table 4: TSA Devices and Existing Standards

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

Software 10.5.2.9 Software 

Elements

10.5.2.9.1 Scrolling

10.5.2.9.2 Navigation

10.5.2.9.3 Selection

10.5.2.9.4 Menus

10.5.2.9.5 Toolbars & 

Status Bars

10.5.2.9.6 Dialog Boxes

10.5.3 Display 

Interpretation

10.5.4 Display 

Technologies

10.5.5 Related Display 

Standards

10.10 User Interfaces 

with Automated Systems

10.10.1 Introduction

10.10.2 Automation

10.10.3 User Interfaces 

with Mobile Machines

Part 151: Guidance on World 

Wide Web user interfaces

6 High level design decisions 

and design strategy

6.2 Determining purpose of a 

Web application

6.3 Analyzing the target user 

groups

6.4 Analyzing the users' goals 

and tasks

6.5 Matching application 

purpose and user goals

6.6 Recognizing the purpose 

of a Web application

6.7 Prioritizing different 

design goals

6.8 ICT accessibility

6.9 Software accessibility

6.10 Web content 

accessibility

6.11 Identifying the website 

and its owner

6.12 Coherent multi-site 

strategy

(Part 151) 7 Content design

7.1 Conceptual content model

7.2 Content Objects and 

functionality

(Part 151) 8 Navigation and 

search

8.1 general

8.2 General guidance on 

navigation

8.3 Navigation structure

8.4 Navigation components

8.5 Search

Part 5 Menu Structure

5.1 Structuring into 

Levels and Menus

5.1.3.5.2 Menu Selection

5.1.3.5.2. a. Use

5.1.3.5.2. b. Selection

5.2 Grouping Options 

within a Menu

5.3 Sequencing of 

Options with Groups

5.14.8.12 Help 

5.14.8.12.1 Standard 

Action to Request Help 

5.14.8.12.2 Multilevel 

Help

5.14.8.12.3 Browsing 

Help

6 Menu Navigation

6.1 Navigation Cues

6.2 Rapid Navigation

8 Menu Presentation

8.1 Option Accessibility 

and Discrimination

10 Online Help 

10.1 Description

10.2 System-initiated 

Help

10.3 User-initiated Help 

10.4 Presentation of 

Help Information

10.5 Help Navigation 

and Controls

10.6 Browsable Help 

10.7 Context-Sensitive 

Help

5.4.3 Linear Controls

5.4.3.1.3 Keyboards, 

keypads, keysets, and 

menu selectors e. Menu 

Selection

15.4 Human-Computer 

Interaction 

15.4.1 Introduction

15.4.2 HCI Design 

Process

15.4.3 Essential HCI 

Development Activities

15.4.4 Interaction 

Requirements

15.4.5 Computer-Based 

Displays

15.4.6 Computer-Based 

Control
Page 71 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

(Part 151) 9 Content 

Presentation

9.1 General

9.2 Observing principles of 

human perception

9.3 Page design issues

9.4 Link design

9.5 Interaction objects

9.6 Text design

(Part 151) 10 General design 

aspects

10.1 Designing for cultural 

diversity and multilingual use

10.2 Providing Help

10.3 Making Web user 

interfaces error-tolerant

10.4 URL names

10.5 Acceptable download 

times

10.6 Using generally accepted 

technologies and standards

10.7 Supporting common 

technologies

10.8 Making Web user 

interfaces robust

10.9 Designing for input 

device independence

10.10 Making the user 

interface of embedded objects 

usable and accessible

Black light

• Power switch 10.6.3 Control Devices

10.6.3.6 Rocker switches 

(on/off switch) 

5.1.4.2 Linear controls 

5.1.4.2.1 Discrete 

adjustment linear controls 

e. Rocker switches

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment]

15.6 Discrete Controls

15.6.8.4 Rocker switches

5 Controls

5.6 Control Use and 

Design 

5.6.10 Rocker switches

Walk through metal detector
Page 72 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

• Control pad 10.6.2 Design 

Characteristics

10.6.3 Control Devices

10.6.3.3 Keyboard 

(includes keypad)

Part 4 Keyboard 

requirements 

6.2 Design of keys

6.2.4 Keying feedback

6.2.8 Key legends

6.2.10 Numeric keypad

5.1.3.2 Keyboards

5.1.3.2.1 Layout and 

configuration 

5.4.3.1.3 Keyboards, 

keypads, keysets, and 

menu selectors

5.4.3.1.3.3 Keypads

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.6.9 Preferred Physical 

Specifications for Data 

Entry: Keyed

15.6.9.1 Keyboards/

Membrane keys

15.6.9.2 Keypads

• Visual warning 

indicator

5.7.3 Visual displays

5.7.3.2 Warning/caution

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.7.3 Alarm displays 

15.7.3.1 Display 

modalities

15.7.3.2 System design

15.7.3.3 Design 

recommendations

15.6.3.4 Factors 

affecting detection

15.6.3.5 Flashing and 

apparent motion

15.7.4 Alarms system 

design process

7 Alarms

7.2 Visual Alarms

7.2.1 Types of alarms

7.2.2 Flash rate

7.2.3 Alarms and normal 

operations

7.2.4 Priority coding

7.2.5 Flasher failure

7.2.6 Contrast detection

7.2.7 Text visibility and 

legibility 

7.2.8 Text wording

7.2.9 Color coding

7.2.10 Visual/auditory 

alarms 

7.2.11 Visual alarm 

panels

7.2.12 Supplemental 

alarm information 

Threat Image Protection Full Body Scanner

• Control pad 10.6.2 Design 

Characteristics

10.6.3 Control Devices

10.6.3.3 Keyboard 

(includes keypad)

Part 4: Keyboard 

requirements 

6.2 Design of keys

6.2.4 Keying feedback

6.2.8 Key legends

6.2.10 Numeric keypad

5.1.3.2 Keyboards

5.1.3.2.1 Layout and 

configuration 

5.4.3.1.3 Keyboards, 

keypads, keysets, and 

menu selectors

5.4.3.1.3.3 Keypads

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.6.9 Preferred 

Physical Specifications 

for Data Entry: Keyed

15.6.9.1 Keyboards/

Membrane keys
Page 73 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

15.6.9.2 Keypads

• Operator/remote 

operator display 

10.2 General

10.2.1 Simplicity

10.2.2 Usability 

10.2.6 Feedback 

10.2.7 System Status

10.3 Layout

10.3.2 Location and 

arrangement

10.3.4 Display-Control 

relationships 

10.3.5 Location

10.4 Visual acquisition of 

display 

10.4.1 Display content

10.4.2 Minimal 

information

10.5 Visual Displays 

10.5.2.2 Viewing 

conditions

10.5.2.3 Luminance and 

contrast

10.5.2.4 Spatial metrics

10.5.2.6 Color

Part 3: Visual Display 

Requirements

5 Design requirements and 

recommendations

5.1 Design viewing distance

5.2 Line-of-sight angle

5.3 Angle of view

5.4 Character height

5.5 Stroke width

5.6 Character width-to-height 

ratio 

5.7 Raster modulation and fill 

factor

5.8 Character format

5.9 Character size uniformity 

5.10 Between character 

spacing

5.11 Between-word spacing 

5.14 Orthogonality

5.15 Display luminance

5.16 Luminance contrast

5.17 Luminance balance

5.18 Glare

5.19 Image polarity 

5.20 Luminance uniformity 

5.21 Luminance coding

5.22 Blink coding 

5.23 Temporal instability 

(flicker) 

5.24 Spatial instability 

5.25 Screen image color 

(Part 3) 6 Measurement 

Conditions and Conventions

6.1.2 Lighting conditions

6.3 Display luminance setting

5.2 Visual displays

5.2.1 Installation of visual 

displays

5.2.2 Display content

5.2.3 Displays – hardware

5.2 Visual Displays

5.2.1 General

5.2.2 Transilluminated 

displays

5.2.3 Scale Indicators

5.2.4 Cathode ray tube 

(CRT) displays

5.2.5 Large-screen 

displays

5.2.6 Other displays

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment 

15.2 Visual information 

presentation 

15.2.1 Guiding 

principles

15.2.2 Visual displays

15.2.4 Use of colour

15.5 Discrete displays

15.5.1 Context of use

15.5.2 Viewing position 

15.5.3 Size of displays 

information

15.5.5 Contrast

15.5.6 Glare and 

reflections

15.5.7 Displayed colour

6 Displays

6.1 Visual displays 

6.2 Location, orientation, 

lighting, and arrangement 

of displays 

6.3 Display illumination

6.4 Display types

8 Integration of controls, 

displays and alarms

8.1 Principles of design

8.2 Grouping 

relationships – principles 

of arrangement

8.6 Control and display 

movement relationships

• Audible warning 

indicator

10.8 Audio Displays

10.8.3 Selection of signal 

5.3.1.2 Audio signals

5.3.1.2.1 Warning signals

5.3.2 Audio signals

5.3.2.1 Warning signals

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

7 Alarms 

7.1 General alarm 
Page 74 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

type 

10.8.5 Signal design

10.8.8 Auditory alarms

5.3.1.2.2 Caution signals

5.3.1.2.3 Alerting signals

5.3.1.2.5 Prioritization

5.3.1.3 Characteristics of 

warning signals

5.3.1.3.1 Warning 

recognition time

5.3.1.3.2 Control of 

warning signals

5.3.1.3.3 Frequency

5.3.1.4 Signal 

characteristics in relation 

to operational conditions 

and objectives

5.3.1.4.1 Audibility 

5.3.1.4.2 Alerting 

capacity

5.3.1.4.3 Discriminability

5.3.1.4.5 Masking

5.3.2.2 Caution signals

5.2.3.3 Alerting signals

5.2.3.4 Advisory signals

5.2.3.5 Cueing signals

5.2.3.6 Prioritization 

5.3.3 Characteristics of 

audio warning signals 

5.3.3.1 Characteristics of 

audio warning signals 

5.3.3.2 Control of 

warning signals

5.3.3.3 Compatibility

with existing signal codes

Work Equipment

15.3 Auditory 

Information Presentation

15.3.2 Signal audibility 

15.3.3 Signal recognition

15.3.4 Gaining attention

15.3.5 Signal 

discrimination

15.3.6 Signal meaning

15.3.7. Requirements 

for specific auditory 

signals

15.7 Alarms, Warning 

and Cautions

15.7.2 System design 

issues

15.7.3 Alarm displays

15.7.4 Alarm system 

design process

requirements 

7.1.3 Types of alarms

7.1.4 Alarm response 

requirement 

7.1.5 Alarm 

acknowledge 

requirement

7.1.6 Alarm rates

7.1.7 Set points

7.1.8 False alarms

7.1.9 Simultaneous 

alarms

7.1.10 Alarm priorities

7.3 Audible alarms

7.3.1 Audible alarms for 

emergency response

7.3.2 Content

7.3.3 Sound character

7.3.4 Number of distinct 

tones for alarms

7.3.6 Signal audio signal

7.3.7 Differing signals

7.3.8 Selection of sounds

• Visual warning 

indicator

5.7.3 Visual displays

5.7.3.2 Warning/caution

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.7.3 Alarm displays 

15.7.3.1 Display 

modalities

15.7.3.2 System design

15.7.3.3 Design 

recommendations

15.6.3.4 Factors 

affecting detection

15.6.3.5 Flashing and 

apparent motion

15.7.4 Alarms system 

design process

7.Alarms

7.2 Visual Alarms

7.2.1 Types of alarms

7.2.2 Flash rate

7.2.3 Alarms and normal 

operations

7.2.4 Priority coding

7.2.5 Flasher failure

7.2.6 Contrast detection

7.2.7 Text visibility and 

legibility 

7.2.8 Text wording

7.2.9 Color coding

7.2.10 Visual/auditory 

alarms 
Page 75 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

7.2.11 Visual alarm 

panels

7.2.12 Supplemental 

alarm information 

• Software See Software above

Portable Metal Detector

• On-off-silent 3-way 

switch

10.6.3 Control devices 

10.6.3.20 Rotary selector 

switches

5.1.4 Mechanical controls

5.1.4.1 Rotary controls

5.1.4.1.1. Discrete 

adjustment rotary 

controls (rotary switch)

5.4 Controls

5.4.2 Rotary controls

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.6.1.5 Control types 

15.6.6 Preferred physical 

specifications for discrete 

operation: rotary

15.6.6.1 Selector switch

5 Controls

5.6 Control Use and 

Design

5.6.4 Discrete rotary 

controls

• Lights – green ready, 

low battery, and red 

alarm

10.2.5 Distinction

10.2.6 Feedback

10.2.6.1 Types of 

feedback

10.2.7 System Status

Part 13: Ergonomic 

requirements for office work 

with VDTs – User guidance

8 Status information

5.1.2 Control/display 

integration

5.1.2.1.4 Feedback b. 

System status

5.2.3.13 Transilluminated 

displays

6 Displays

6.4.1.5 Coding 

6.4.1.8 Feedback

13 Human-Computer 

Interface

13.1.9 System status

13.19 Feedback

Cast and prosthesis scanner

• Monitor See Monitor below

• Software See Software above

• Toggle switches 10.6.3 Control devices

10.6.3.4 Toggle switch

5.1.4.2 Linear Controls

5.1.4.2 .1 Discrete 

adjustment linear controls 

(includes c. toggle switch 

controls)

5.1 Control-display 

integration

5.1.1.3 Feedback (discrete 

state selectors – toggle 

switches)

5.4.3 Linear controls

5.4.3.1.4 Toggle switch 

controls

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment 

15.6 Discrete Controls

15.6.7.1 Toggle switches

5 Controls

5.6 Control Use and 

Design

5.6.9 Toggle switch
Page 76 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

• Indicator lights 10.2.5 Distinction

10.2.6 Feedback

10.2.6.1 Types of 

feedback

10.2.7 System Status

Part 13: Ergonomic 

requirements for office work 

with VDTs – User guidance

8 Status information

5.1.2 Control/display 

integration

5.1.2.1.4 Feedback b. 

System status

5.2.3.13 Transilluminated 

displays

6 Displays

6.4.1.5 Coding 

6.4.1.8 Feedback

13 Human-Computer 

Interface

13.1.9 System status

13.19 Feedback

• Adjustment swivel arm

Explosive/Chemical Trace Detection machine

• Wand

• Buttons/Controls 10.6.3 Control devices 

10.6.3.1 Push button

10.6.3.7 Slide switch 

controls

10.6.3.23 Knobs

Part 9: Ergonomics 

requirements for office work 

with Visual Display Terminals 

– Requirements for nonkeyboard input devices 

6.1.4 Button design

5.1.4 Mechanical 

Controls

5.1.4.1.2 Continuous 

adjustment rotary controls 

(knobs)

5.1.4.2 Linear controls 

(push buttons)

5.4 Controls

5.4.1.2 Direction of 

movement

5.4.2 Rotary controls

5.4.3.1.1 Push button, 

finger- or hand-operated

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.6 Discrete Controls

15.6.3 Preferred physical 

specifications for 

continuous variable 

operation: Rotary (knob)

15.6.8 Preferred physical 

specifications for 

discrete operation: Push 

button

5 Controls

5.1 Principles of control 

design

5.6 Control use and 

design

5.6.5 Continuous 

adjustment rotary 

controls (knobs)

5.6.7 Pushbuttons

• Software See Software above

• Display 10.2 General

10.2.1 Simplicity

10.2.2 Usability 

10.2.6 Feedback 

10.2.7 System Status

10.3 Layout

10.3.2 Location and 

arrangement

10.3.4 Display-Control 

relationships 

10.3.5 Location

10.4 Visual acquisition of 

display 

Part 3: Visual Display 

Requirements

5 Design requirements and 

recommendations

5.1 Design viewing distance

5.2 Line-of-sight angle

5.3 Angle of view

5.4 Character height

5.5 Stroke width

5.6 Character width-to-height 

ratio 

5.7 Raster modulation and fill 

factor

5.2 Visual displays

5.2.1 Installation of visual 

displays

5.2.2 Display content

5.2.3 Displays – hardware

5.2 Visual Displays

5.2.1 General

5.2.2 Transilluminated 

displays

5.2.3 Scale Indicators

5.2.4 Cathode ray tube 

(CRT) displays

5.2.5 Large-screen 

displays

5.2.6 Other displays

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment 

15.2 Visual information 

presentation 

15.2.1 Guiding 

principles

15.2.2 Visual displays

15.2.4 Use of colour

15.5 Discrete displays

15.5.1 Context of use

15.5.2 Viewing position 

15.5.3 Size of displays 

6 Displays

6.1 Visual displays 

6.2 Location, orientation, 

lighting, and arrangement 

of displays 

6.3 Display illumination

6.4 Display types

8 Integration of controls, 

displays and alarms

8.1 Principles of design

8.2 Grouping 

relationships – principles 

of arrangement
Page 77 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

10.4.1 Display content

10.4.2 Minimal 

information

10.5 Visual Displays 

10.5.2.2 Viewing 

conditions

10.5.2.3 Luminance and 

contrast

10.5.2.4 Spatial metrics

10.5.2.6 Color

5.8 Character format

5.9 Character size uniformity 

5.10 Between character 

spacing

5.11 Between-word spacing 

5.14 Orthogonality

5.15 Display luminance

5.16 Luminance contrast

5.17 Luminance balance

5.18 Glare

5.19 Image polarity 

5.20 Luminance uniformity 

5.21 Luminance coding

5.22 Blink coding 

5.23 Temporal instability 

(flicker) 

5.24 Spatial instability 

5.25 Screen image color 

(Part 3) 6 Measurement 

Conditions and Conventions

6.1.2 Lighting conditions

6.3 Display luminance setting

information

15.5.5 Contrast

15.5.6 Glare and 

reflections

15.5.7 Displayed colour

8.6 Control and display 

movement relationships

Bottled liquid scanner

• Scanner platen

• Visual display 

terminal

See Display above
Page 78 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

• Touch screen 10.6.3.18 Touch screen Part 9: Ergonomics 

requirements for office work 

with Visual Display Terminals 

– Requirements for nonkeyboard input devices 

6.1.16 Consideration of 

parallax 

5.1.3 Computer controls

5.1.3.1 Touch-screen 

controls for displays

5.4 Controls

5.4.6 Touch-screen 

controls for displays

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment 

15.5 Discrete Displays

15.5.1.3 Cleanliness 

(e.g., finger marks on 

touchscreens)

15.5.4 Parallax

15.6 Discrete Controls

15.6.11 Preferred 

physical specifications 

for data entry: on screen 

spatial

15.6.11.1 Touch 

displays 

13 Human-Computer 

Interface

13.27 Input Devices

13.27.2.6 On-screen 

keyboards

13.27.5 Touchscreen use

• Software See Software above

Workstation 8.7.3.4 Fixtures for 

lighting tasks

8.7.5 Glare

Part 5: Workstation Layout 

and Postural Requirements

4 Guiding Principles

4.1 General

4.2 Versatility and Flexibility 

4.3 Fit

4.4 Postural Change

4.5 User Information 

4.6 MaintainabilityAdaptability 

(Part 5) 5 Design 

Requirements and 

Recommendations

5.1 General

5.2 Postures

5.3 Ease of Adjustment

5.4 Support Surfaces

5.5 Work Chair

5.6 Additional Support 

Elements

5.7 Layout of Workstations 

Within the Work Space

5.1.1.4.5 Color-coding e. 

Ambient lighting and 

color-coding exclusion

5.1.3 Computer Controls

5.1.3.2 Keyboards

5.1.3.3 Mouse/ 

trackballs/joysticks

5.1.3.4 Data entry

5.5.3 Illuminance

5.5.3.1 Workspace 

lighting 

5.5.3.3 Glare 

5.5.3.3.2 Direct

5.5.3.4 Reflected

5.7.7 General 

Equipment-related 

Hazards

5.10 Workspace Design 

5.10.1 General 

5.10.2 Workspace 

provision

5.10.3 Workstation design

5.7 Workspace Design

5.7.1 General 

5.7.2 Standing 

Operations

5.7.2.1 General

5.7.2.2 Advantages

5.7.2.3 Work Surface

5.7.2.4 Equipment 

placement

5.7.2.5 Dimensions

5.7.3 Seated Operations

5.7.3.1 Advantages

5.7.3.2 Seating

5.7.3.3 Cushioning

5.7.3.4 Armrests

5.7.3.5 Footrests

5.7.3.6 Temporary Seats

5.7.3.7 Mobile 

Workspace

5.7.5 Standard console 

design

5.7.5.1 Display surfaces

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 13 

The Workplace

13.2 Workplace Design 

13.2.3 Design Principles

13.2.4 General Layout

13.2.5 Specific 

Requirements for 

Workstations

13.2.6 Working 

Environment 

13.2.7 Approaches and 

Methods to Workplace 

Design

13.2.8 Workspace 

Design Reviews

13.3 Workspace and 

Task Lighting 

13.3.1 Introduction

13.3.2 Photometry and 

Colorimetry 

13.3.3 Lighting Design 

10 Workplace 

Arrangements

10.1 Basic Principles of 

Workplace Design

10.1.7 Control/Display 

Accessibility

10.2.4 Computer 

Workstation

10.3.4 Display Mounting

14 Habitability

14.1 Noise

14.1.1. Maximum 

Levels

14.1.2 Maximum 

Exposure and Protection

14.2 Indoor Climate

14.2.1 Design 

Requirement

14.2.2 Temperature

14.2.3 Relative 

Humidity 

14.2.4 Temperature/ 
Page 79 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

5.10.4 Special-purpose 

console design

5.14 Peripherals

5.7.5.2 Control surfaces

5.7.7 Stairs, ladders, and 

ramps

5.7.7.1 General criteria

5.7.7.2 Stairs

5.7.7.3 Ladders

5.7.7.4 Ramps

5.7.7.6 Elevators, 

inclinators, and 

hydraulic-operated work 

platforms

5.7.8 Ingress & egress

5.7.8.1 Routine

5.7.8.2 Non-routine

5.7.8.3 Walkways & 

Passageways

5.8 Environment

5.8.1 Heating, 

ventilating, and air 

conditioning

5.8.1.1 Heating

5.8.1.4 Environmental 

Factors 

5.8.1.5 Thermal 

tolerance and comfort 

zones

5.8.2 Illuminance

5.8.2.1 General

5.8.2.2 Illumination 

levels and distribution 

5.8.2.3 Lighting fixtures

5.8.2.4 Brightness ratios

5.8.2.5 Glare

5.8.2.6 Reflectance

5.8.2.7 Dark adaptation 

5.8.4 Vibration

5.8.4.1 Whole-body 

vibration

Practice

13.3.4 Daylight

13.3.5 Lighting 

Equipment 

13.3.6 Energy 

Considerations

13.3.8 Display Screen 

Equipment Lighting 

13.3.9 Safety-Related

Lighting 

Humidity Design

14.3 Lighting

14.3.1 General Design 

Requirements

14.3.2 Location

14.3.5 Lighting Levels

14.3.6 Brightness Ratio

14.3.7 Wall Surface 

Reflectance

14.3.8 Other Lighting 

Requirement
Page 80 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

5.8.4.2 Equipment 

vibration

Keyboard Part 4: Keyboard 

Requirements

6 Design Requirements and 

Recommendations

6.1 General Design of the 

Keyboard

6.2 Design of Keys

(Part 4) 7 Measurement 

7.1 General

7.2 General Design of the 

Keyboard

7.3 Design of Keys

5.1.3 Computer Controls

5.1.3.2 Keyboards

5.1.3.3 Mouse/ 

trackballs/joysticks

5.1.3.4 Data entry

5.4.3.1.3. Keyboards, 

keypads, keysets, and 

menu selectors

5.4.3.1.3.1 Use

5.4.3.1.3.2 Keyboards

5.4.3.1.3.2.1 Mounting

5.4.3.1.3.2.2 Function 

control

5.4.3.1.3.3 Keypads

5.4.3.1.3.3.1 Mounting

5.4.3.1.3.3.2 Actuating 

force

5.4.3.1.3.3.3 Function 

control

5.4.3.1.3.4 Dedicated 

keysets

5.4.3.1.3.5 Multifunction (programmable) 

keysets

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance

15.6.9 Preferred Physical 

Specifications For Data 

Entry: Keyed

15.6.9.1 Keyboards/ 

Membrane Keys

15.6.9.2 Keypads

15.6.12.2 Mouse

13 Human-Computer 

Interface

13.27 Input Devices

13.27.2 Keyboard Use

13.27.11 Mouse Use

13.27.14 Input Device 

Interchangeability/ 

Redundancy

Flat panel monitor Part 3: Visual Display 

Requirements

5 Design Requirements And 

Recommendations

5.1 Design Viewing Distance

5.2 Line-of-sight Angle

5.3 Angle of View

5.4 Character Height

5.5 Stroke Width

5.6 Character Width-toHeight Ratio

5.8 Character Format

5.9 Character Size Uniformity

5.10 Between-CharacterSpacing

5.11 Between-Word Spacing

5.1.3.1.9 Parallax and 

glare

5.1.3.10 Touch screen 

viewing angle

5.2.1.3.10 Glare of visual 

displays

5.2.1.3.11 Reflected glare 

of visual displays 

5.2.1.3.12 

Polarized/tinted glass for 

visual displays

5.2 Visual displays

5.2.1 General

5.2.1.2 Display 

illumination and light 

distribution 

5.2.1.3 Information

5.2.2 Transilluminated 

displays 

5.2.2.1 General

5.2.2.2 Legend lights

5.2.2.3 Simple indicator 

lights

5.2.2.4 Transilluminated 

panel assemblies

13 Human-Computer 

Interface

13.3 Computer Displays

13.3.1 Design Criteria

13.3.2 Luminance

13.3.3 Contrast Ratio

13.3.4 Refresh Rate

13.3.5 Monochromatic 

Color Combinations

13.3.6 Resolution and 

Display Size

13.3.7 Flat Panel Image 

Formation Time

13.3.8 Flicker

13.3.9 Jitter

13.3.10 Glare

Carry-on and Checked Luggage Scanner and components:
Page 81 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

• Display monitor 10.2 General

10.2.1 Simplicity

10.2.2 Usability 

10.2.6 Feedback 

10.2.7 System Status

10.3 Layout

10.3.2 Location and 

arrangement

10.3.4 Display-Control 

relationships 

10.3.5 Location

10.4 Visual acquisition of 

display 

10.4.1 Display content

10.4.2 Minimal 

information

10.5 Visual Displays 

10.5.2.2 Viewing 

conditions

10.5.2.3 Luminance and

contrast

10.5.2.4 Spatial metrics

10.5.2.6 Color

Part 3: Visual Display 

Requirements

5 Design requirements and 

recommendations

5.1 Design viewing distance

5.2 Line-of-sight angle

5.3 Angle of view

5.4 Character height

5.5 Stroke width

5.6 Character width-to-height 

ratio 

5.7 Raster modulation and fill 

factor

5.8 Character format

5.9 Character size uniformity 

5.10 Between character 

spacing

5.11 Between-word spacing 

5.14 Orthogonality

5.15 Display luminance

5.16 Luminance contrast

5.17 Luminance balance

5.18 Glare

5.19 Image polarity 

5.20 Luminance uniformity 

5.21 Luminance coding

5.22 Blink coding 

5.23 Temporal instability 

(flicker) 

5.24 Spatial instability 

5.25 Screen image color 

(Part 3) 6 Measurement 

Conditions and Conventions

6.1.2 Lighting conditions

6.3 Display luminance setting

5.2 Visual displays

5.2.1 Installation of visual 

displays

5.2.2 Display content

5.2.3 Displays – hardware

5.2 Visual Displays

5.2.1 General

5.2.2 Transilluminated 

displays

5.2.3 Scale Indicators

5.2.4 Cathode ray tube 

(CRT) displays

5.2.5 Large-screen 

displays

5.2.6 Other displays

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment 

15.2 Visual information 

presentation 

15.2.1 Guiding 

principles

15.2.2 Visual displays

15.2.4 Use of colour

15.5 Discrete displays

15.5.1 Context of use

15.5.2 Viewing position 

15.5.3 Size of displays 

information

15.5.5 Contrast

15.5.6 Glare and 

reflections

15.5.7 Displayed colour

6 Displays

6.1 Visual displays 

6.2 Location, orientation, 

lighting, and arrangement 

of displays 

6.3 Display illumination

6.4 Display types

8 Integration of controls, 

displays and alarms

8.1 Principles of design

8.2 Grouping 

relationships – principles 

of arrangement

8.6 Control and display 

movement relationships

• Software See Software above

• Conveyor belt

 Bar Code Scanner & Components
Page 82 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

• Software See Software Above

• Display See Visual Display under 

High Resolution Digital 

Camera above

• On/off switch 10.6.3 Control Devices

10.6.3.6 Rocker switches 

(on/off switch) 

5.1.4.2 Linear controls 

5.1.4.2.1 Discrete 

adjustment linear controls 

e. Rocker switches

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.6 Discrete Controls

15.6.8.4 Rocker switches

5 Controls

5.6 Control Use and 

Design 

5.6.10 Rocker switches
Page 83 3/2013

B.3: USCG – Alien Interdiction Unit and Drug Removal 

Environment: Ocean impacted by ocean spray, cutter pitch and roll, weather, sunlight, extreme heat and cold, use of 

gloves

2012 alien maritime migrant interdictions FY 2012: 2,472

Drug removal FY 2012: 

• 67 events 

• 31 vessels seized

• 176 detainees

• 31,718 pounds of marijuana

• 80,632 pounds of cocaine

Equipment:

• Computer/Laptop

• Fingerprint capture device

• Camera

• Keyboard

• Chemical detection device

• Explosive trace detection device

• Ion scanner (for explosive and narcotics detection)

• Bore scope
Page 84 3/2013

Table 5: USCG Devices and Related Standards

DEVICES

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

Fingerprint Scanner & 

components: 

5.1.3.1.9 Parallax and 

glare (touch screen 

devices)

5.1.3.10 Touch screen 

viewing angle

• Platen

• Software See Software below

• Keypad 10.6.2 Design 

Characteristics

10.6.3 Control Devices

10.6.3.3 Keyboard 

(includes keypad)

Part 4: Keyboard 

requirements 

6.2 Design of keys

6.2.4 Keying feedback

6.2.8 Key legends

6.2.10 Numeric keypad

5.1.3.2 Keyboards

5.1.3.2.1 Layout and 

configuration

5.4.3.1.3 Keyboards, 

keypads, keysets, and 

menu selectors

5.4.3.1.3.3 Keypads

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance

15.6.9 Preferred Physical 

Specifications for Data 

Entry: Keyed

15.6.9.1 Keyboards/

Membrane keys

15.6.9.2 Keypads

Camera components:

• Buttons, Knobs, and 

Control Devices

10.6.3 Control devices 

10.6.3.1 Push button

10.6.3.7 Slide switch 

controls

10.6.3.23 Knobs

Part 9: Ergonomics 

requirements for office 

work with Visual Display 

Terminals –

Requirements for nonkeyboard input devices 

6.1.4 Button design

5.1.4 Mechanical Controls

5.1.4.1.2 Continuous 

adjustment rotary controls 

(knobs)

5.1.4.2 Linear controls 

(push buttons)

5.4 Controls

5.4.1.2 Direction of 

movement

5.4.2 Rotary controls

5.4.3.1.1 Push button, 

finger- or hand-operated

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment 

15.6 Discrete Controls

15.6.3 Preferred physical 

specifications for 

continuous variable 

operation: Rotary (knob)

15.6.8 Preferred physical 

specifications for discrete 

operation: Push button

5 Controls

5.1 Principles of control 

design

5.6 Control use and 

design

5.6.5 Continuous 

adjustment rotary 

controls (knobs)

5.6.7 Pushbuttons

• Visual display 10.2 General

10.2.1 Simplicity

10.2.2 Usability 

Part 3: Visual Display 

Requirements

5 Design requirements 

5.2 Visual displays

5.2.1 Installation of visual 

displays

5.2 Visual Displays

5.2.1 General

5.2.2 Transilluminated 

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment 

6 Displays

6.1 Visual displays 

6.2 Location, orientation, 
Page 85 3/2013

DEVICES

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

10.2.6 Feedback 

10.2.7 System Status

10.3 Layout

10.3.2 Location and 

arrangement

10.3.4 Display-Control 

relationships 

10.3.5 Location

10.4 Visual acquisition of 

display 

10.4.1 Display content

10.4.2 Minimal 

information

10.5 Visual Displays 

10.5.2.2 Viewing 

conditions

10.5.2.3 Luminance and 

contrast

10.5.2.4 Spatial metrics

10.5.2.6 Color

and recommendations

5.1 Design viewing 

distance

5.2 Line-of-sight angle

5.3 Angle of view

5.4 Character height

5.5 Stroke width

5.6 Character width-toheight ratio 

5.7 Raster modulation 

and fill factor

5.8 Character format

5.9 Character size 

uniformity 

5.10 Between character 

spacing

5.11 Between-word 

spacing 

5.14 Orthogonality

5.15 Display luminance

5.16 Luminance contrast

5.17 Luminance balance

5.18 Glare

5.19 Image polarity 

5.20 Luminance 

uniformity 

5.21 Luminance coding

5.22 Blink coding 

5.23 Temporal 

instability (flicker) 

5.24 Spatial instability 

5.25 Screen image color 

(Part 3) 6 Measurement 

Conditions and 

Conventions

6.1.2 Lighting conditions

6.3 Display luminance 

5.2.2 Display content

5.2.3 Displays – hardware

displays

5.2.3 Scale Indicators

5.2.4 Cathode ray tube 

(CRT) displays

5.2.5 Large-screen 

displays

5.2.6 Other displays

15.2 Visual information 

presentation 

15.2.1 Guiding principles

15.2.2 Visual displays

15.2.4 Use of colour

15.5 Discrete displays

15.5.1 Context of use

15.5.2 Viewing position 

15.5.3 Size of displays 

information

15.5.5 Contrast

15.5.6 Glare and 

reflections

15.5.7 Displayed colour

lighting, and arrangement 

of displays 

6.3 Display illumination

6.4 Display types

8 Integration of controls, 

displays and alarms

8.1 Principles of design

8.2 Grouping 

relationships – principles 

of arrangement

8.6 Control and display 

movement relationships
Page 86 3/2013

DEVICES

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

setting

• Auditory signal 10.8 Audio Displays

10.8.2 When to use

10.8.3 Selection of signal 

type

10.8.4 General design

10.8.5 Signal design

5.3.1 Audio Displays 

5.3.1.7 Audio displays as 

part of the user interface 

5.3.2 Audio signals 

5.3.2.3 Alerting signals

5.3.2.5 Cueing signals

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment 

15.3 Auditory information 

presentation 

15.3.1 Valid use of 

auditory signals

15.3.2 Signal audibility 

15.3.3 Signal recognition

15.3.4 Gaining attention

15.3.5 Signal 

discrimination

15.3.6 Signal meaning 

15.3.9 Evaluation of 

auditory signals

13 Human-Computer 

Interface

13.10 Audio displays 

13.10.1 Use

13.10.2 Audio supportive 

function

13.10.3 Signal 

characteristics

• Software 10.5.2.9 Software 

Elements

10.5.2.9.1 Scrolling

10.5.2.9.2 Navigation

10.5.2.9.3 Selection

10.5.2.9.4 Menus

10.5.2.9.5 Toolbars & 

Status Bars

10.5.2.9.6 Dialog Boxes

10.5.3 Display 

Interpretation

10.5.4 Display 

Technologies

10.5.5 Related Display 

Standards

10.10 User Interfaces 

with Automated Systems

10.10.1 Introduction

10.10.2 Automation

10.10.3 User Interfaces 

Part 13: User guidance

10 Online Help 

10.1 Description

10.2 System-initiated 

Help

10.3 User-initiated Help 

10.4 Presentation of 

Help Information

10.5 Help Navigation 

and Controls

10.6 Browsable Help 

10.7 Context-Sensitive 

Help

Part 14: Menu dialogs

5 Menu Structure

5.1 Structuring into 

Levels and Menus

5.2 Grouping Options 

within a Menu

5.3 Sequencing of 

5.1 Structuring into Levels 

and Menus

5.1.3.5.2 Menu Selection

5.1.3.5.2. a. Use

5.1.3.5.2. b. Selection

5.2.2.7 Help 

5.2.2.7.2 Standard Action 

to Request Help 

5.2.2.7.4 Browsing Help

5.2.2.7.6 Multilevel Help

5.4.3 Linear Controls

5.4.3.1.3 Keyboards, 

keypads, keysets, and 

menu selectors e. Menu 

Selection

15.4 Human-Computer 

Interaction 

15.4.1 Introduction

15.4.2 HCI Design Process

15.4.3 Essential HCI 

Development Activities

15.4.4 Interaction 

Requirements

15.4.5 Computer-Based 

Displays

15.4.6 Computer-Based 

Control
Page 87 3/2013

DEVICES

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

with Mobile Machines Options with Groups

6 Menu Navigation

6.1 Navigation Cues

6.2 Rapid Navigation

8 Menu Presentation

8.1 Option Accessibility 

and Discrimination

Part 151: Guidance on 

World Wide Web user 

interfaces

6 High level design 

decisions and design 

strategy

6.2 Determining purpose 

of a Web application

6.3 Analyzing the target 

user groups

6.4 Analyzing the users' 

goals and tasks

6.5 Matching application 

purpose and user goals

6.6 Recognizing the 

purpose of a Web 

application

6.7 Prioritizing different 

design goals

6.8 ICT accessibility

6.9 Software 

accessibility

6.10 Web content 

accessibility

6.11 Identifying the 

website and its owner

6.12 Coherent multi-site 

strategy

(Part 151) 7 Content 

design
Page 88 3/2013

DEVICES

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

7.1 Conceptual content 

model

7.2 Content Objects and 

functionality

(Part 151) 8 Navigation 

and search

8.1 General

8.2 General guidance on 

navigation

8.3 Navigation structure

8.4 Navigation 

components

8.5 Search

(Part 151) 9 Content 

Presentation

9.1 General

9.2 Observing principles 

of human perception

9.3 Page design issues

9.4 Link design

9.5 Interaction objects

9.6 Text design

(Part 151) 10 General 

design aspects

10.1 Designing for 

cultural diversity and 

multilingual use

10.2 Providing Help

10.3 Making Web user 

interfaces error-tolerant

10.4 URL names

10.5 Acceptable 

download times

10.6 Using generally 

accepted technologies 

and standards

10.7 Supporting 
Page 89 3/2013

DEVICES

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

common technologies

10.8 Making Web user 

interfaces robust

10.9 Designing for input 

device independence

10.10 Making the user 

interface of embedded 

objects usable and 

accessible

• On-off switch 10.6.3 Control Devices

10.6.3.6 Rocker switches 

(on/off switch) 

5.1.4.2 Linear controls 

5.1.4.2.1 Discrete 

adjustment linear controls 

e. Rocker switches

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.6 Discrete Controls

15.6.8.4 Rocker switches

5 Controls

5.6 Control Use and 

Design 

5.6.10 Rocker switches

Keyboard Part 4: Keyboard 

Requirements

6 Design Requirements 

and Recommendations

6.1 General Design of 

the Keyboard

6.2 Design of Keys

(Part 4) 7 Measurement 

7.1 General

7.2 General Design of 

the Keyboard

7.3 Design of Keys 

5.1.3 Computer Controls

5.1.3.2 Keyboards

5.1.3.3 Mouse/ 

trackballs/joysticks

5.1.3.4 Data entry

5.4.3.1.3. Keyboards, 

keypads, keysets, and 

menu selectors

5.4.3.1.3.1 Use

5.4.3.1.3.2 Keyboards

5.4.3.1.3.2.1 Mounting

5.4.3.1.3.2.2 Function 

control

5.4.3.1.3.3 Keypads

5.4.3.1.3.3.1 Mounting

5.4.3.1.3.3.2 Actuating 

force

5.4.3.1.3.3.3 Function 

control

5.4.3.1.3.4 Dedicated 

keysets

5.4.3.1.3.5 Multi-function 

(programmable) keysets

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.6.9 Preferred Physical 

Specifications for Data 

Entry: Keyed

15.6.9.1 Keyboards/ 

Membrane Keys

15.6.9.2 Keypads

15.6.12.2 Mouse

13 Human-Computer 

Interface

13.27 Input Devices

13.27.2 Keyboard Use

13.27.11 Mouse Use

13.27.14 Input Device 

Interchangeability/ 

Redundancy

Laptop Computer 10.10 User Interfaces 

with Automated Systems

10.10.1 Introduction

10.10.2 Automation

10.10.3 User Interfaces 

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.4 Human-Computer 

Interaction 

13 Human-Computer 

Interface

13.1 General Design 

Requirements

13.1.1 General 
Page 90 3/2013

DEVICES

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

with Mobile Machines 15.4.1 Introduction

15.4.2 HCI Design 

Process

15.4.3 Essential HCI 

Development Activities

15.4.4 Interaction 

Requirements

15.4.5 Computer-Based 

Displays

15.4.6 Computer-Based 

Control

Principles

13.1.2 Navigation

13.1.3 Consistency with 

Physical/Manual 

Interfaces

13.1.4 Standard 

Procedures

13.1.5 Computer 

Response

13.1.6 Screen Design 

and Content

13.1.7 Coding

13.1.8 Input Devices

13.1.9 System Status

13.1.10 On-Line Help 

13.2 System Operations

13.2.1 Log-on 

Procedures

13.2.2 Log-off 

Procedures

13.2.3 Computer Failure

13.2.4 Interaction

13.3 Computer Displays

13.3.1 Design Criteria

13.3.2 Luminance

13.3.3 Contrast Ratio

13.3.4 Refresh Rate

13.3.5 Monochromatic 

Color Combinations

13.3.6 Resolution and 

Display Size

13.3.7 Flat Panel Image 

Formation Time

13.3.8 Flicker

13.3.9 Jitter

13.3.10 Glare

13.4 Display Content
Page 91 3/2013

DEVICES

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

13.4.1 Standardization

13.4.2 Information 

Density

13.8 Textual Data 

Displays

13.8.1 Use

13.8.2 Character 

Formats

13.8.3 Brevity

13.8.4 Abbreviations 

and Acronyms

13.8.5 Print Layout

13.9 Graphic Displays

13.9.1 Use

13.9.2 Recurring Data

13.9.3 Refresh Rates

13.9.4 Line Format

13.9.5 Trend Lines

13.9.6 Pointing

13.9.7 Distinctive 

Cursor

13.9.8 Precise 

Positioning

13.9.9 Selecting Graphic 

Elements

13.9.10 Easy Storage 

and Retrieval 

13.9.11 Automatic Data 

Registration

13.9.12 Graphic Formats

13.9.13 Derivation of 

Graphical Data

13.9.14 Drawing Lines

13.9.15 Resizing

13.9.16 Highlighting 

Data

13.9.17 Reference Index
Page 92 3/2013

DEVICES

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

13.9.18 Annotation of 

Data

13.9.19 Label 

Orientation

13.9.20 Pictorial 

Symbols

13.9.21 Display of Scale

13.9.22 Grids

13.9.23 Graphic 

Comparison

13.9.24 Bar Graphs

13.9.25 Maps

13.9.26 Mimics

13.27 Input Devices

13.27.1 Input Devices

13.27.2 Keyboard Use

13.27.3 Fixed Function 

Keys

13.27.4 Variable Action

13.27.5 Touchscreen 

Use

13.27.6 Pointing 

Devices

13.27.7 Joysticks

13.27.8 Thumb Tip and 

Fingertip-Operated 

Displacement Joysticks

13.27.9 Trackball

13.27.10 Grid and Stylus 

Devices

13.27.11 Mouse Use

13.27.12 Light Pen

13.27.13 Speech 

Recognition Use

13.27.14 Input Device 

Interchangeability/

Redundancy
Page 93 3/2013

DEVICES

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

Bore Scope

• Joystick 10.6.3.11 Displacement 

(Isotonic) Joysticks

10.6.3.12 Isometric 

joystick (two-axis 

controller)

10.6.3.13 Hand-operated 

isometric joysticks

10.6.3.14 Thumbtip-

/fingertip operated

5.1.3 Computer controls

5.1.3.3 Mouse/trackball/ 

joysticks

5.14 Peripherals

5.1 Control-display 

integration 

5.1.1.3 Feedback –

continuous adjustment 

controls (joysticks)

5.4.3 Linear controls

5.4.3.2.2. Displacement 

(isotonic) joysticks

5.4.3.2.3 Isometric 

joysticks

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.6.5 Preferred physical 

specifications for 

continuous variable 

operation: multi-axis

15.6.5.1 Joystick 

13 Human-Computer 

Interface

13.27 Input Devices

13.27.7 Joysticks

13.27.8 Thumb Tip and 

Fingertip-Operated 

Displacement Joysticks

5 Controls

5.2 General Design 

Guidelines

5.2.1.10 Multi-axis 

continuous controllers 

(e.g., joysticks)

5.6 Control Use and 

Design 

5.6.14 Hand-operated 

displacement joysticks

5.6.15 Hand-operated 

isometric joysticks

• Flexible tube

• Digital camera lens

• Microphone 10.8 Audio displays

10.8.6 Design for audio 

input and output 

equipment

10.8.6.1 Frequency 

response

10.8.6.2 Microphones 

and other input devices

10.8.6.6 Isolation of 

feedback from earphone 

or speaker or 

microphone

10.8.7 Operator interface 

design

5.3 Speech and audio 

systems

5.3.1 Audio displays

5.3 Audio Displays

5.3.10 Operating controls 

for voice communication 

equipment

19 Communications

19.1.2 Operating range

19.2 Microphones
Page 94 3/2013

DEVICES

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

10.8.7.1 Operator 

comfort

• Video display 10.2 General

10.2.1 Simplicity

10.2.2 Usability 

10.2.6 Feedback 

10.2.7 System Status

10.3 Layout

10.3.2 Location and 

arrangement

10.3.4 Display-Control 

relationships 

10.3.5 Location

10.4 Visual acquisition of 

display 

10.4.1 Display content

10.4.2 Minimal 

information

10.5 Visual Displays 

10.5.2.2 Viewing 

conditions

10.5.2.3 Luminance and 

contrast

10.5.2.4 Spatial metrics

10.5.2.6 Color

Part 3: Visual Display 

Requirements

5 Design requirements 

and recommendations

5.1 Design viewing 

distance

5.2 Line-of-sight angle

5.3 Angle of view

5.4 Character height

5.5 Stroke width

5.6 Character width-toheight ratio 

5.7 Raster modulation 

and fill factor

5.8 Character format

5.9 Character size 

uniformity 

5.10 Between character 

spacing

5.11 Between-word 

spacing 

5.14 Orthogonality

5.15 Display luminance

5.16 Luminance contrast

5.17 Luminance balance

5.18 Glare

5.19 Image polarity 

5.20 Luminance 

uniformity 

5.21 Luminance coding

5.22 Blink coding 

5.23 Temporal 

instability (flicker) 

5.24 Spatial instability 

5.25 Screen image color 

5.2 Visual displays

5.2.1 Installation of visual 

displays

5.2.2 Display content

5.2.3 Displays – hardware

5.2 Visual Displays

5.2.1 General

5.2.2 Transilluminated 

displays

5.2.3 Scale Indicators

5.2.4 Cathode ray tube 

(CRT) displays

5.2.5 Large-screen 

displays

5.2.6 Other displays

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment 

15.2 Visual information 

presentation 

15.2.1 Guiding principles

15.2.2 Visual displays

15.2.4 Use of colour

15.5 Discrete displays

15.5.1 Context of use

15.5.2 Viewing position 

15.5.3 Size of displays 

information

15.5.5 Contrast

15.5.6 Glare and 

reflections

15.5.7 Displayed colour

6.Displays

6.1 Visual displays 

6.2 Location, orientation, 

lighting, and arrangement 

of displays 

6.3 Display illumination

6.4 Display types

8 Integration of controls, 

displays and alarms

8.1 Principles of design

8.2 Grouping 

relationships – principles 

of arrangement

8.6 Control and display 

movement relationships
Page 95 3/2013

DEVICES

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

(Part 3) 6 Measurement 

Conditions and 

Conventions

6.1.2 Lighting conditions

6.3 Display luminance 

setting

• Software See software above

Ion Scanner Components:

• Wand

• Buttons/controls 10.6.3 Control devices 

10.6.3.1 Push button

10.6.3.7 Slide switch 

controls

10.6.3.23 Knobs

Part 9: Ergonomics 

requirements for office 

work with Visual Display 

Terminals –

Requirements for nonkeyboard input devices 

6.1.4 Button design

5.1.4 Mechanical Controls

5.1.4.1.2 Continuous 

adjustment rotary controls 

(knobs)

5.1.4.2 Linear controls 

(push buttons)

5.4 Controls

5.4.1.2 Direction of 

movement

5.4.2 Rotary controls

5.4.3.1.1 Push button, 

finger- or hand-operated

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.6 Discrete Controls

15.6.3 Preferred physical 

specifications for 

continuous variable 

operation: Rotary (knob)

15.6.8 Preferred physical 

specifications for discrete 

operation: Push button

5 Controls

5.1 Principles of control 

design

5.6 Control use and 

design

5.6.5 Continuous 

adjustment rotary 

controls (knobs)

5.6.7 Pushbuttons

• Software See Software above

• Display 10.2 General

10.2.1 Simplicity

10.2.2 Usability 

10.2.6 Feedback 

10.2.7 System Status

10.3 Layout

10.3.2 Location and 

arrangement

10.3.4 Display-Control 

relationships 

10.3.5 Location

10.4 Visual acquisition of 

display 

10.4.1 Display content

10.4.2 Minimal 

information

Part 3: Visual Display 

Requirements

5 Design requirements 

and recommendations

5.1 Design viewing 

distance

5.2 Line-of-sight angle

5.3 Angle of view

5.4 Character height

5.5 Stroke width

5.6 Character width-toheight ratio 

5.7 Raster modulation 

and fill factor

5.8 Character format

5.9 Character size 

5.2 Visual displays

5.2.1 Installation of visual 

displays

5.2.2 Display content

5.2.3 Displays – hardware

5.2 Visual Displays

5.2.1 General

5.2.2 Transilluminated 

displays

5.2.3 Scale Indicators

5.2.4 Cathode ray tube 

(CRT) displays

5.2.5 Large-screen 

displays

5.2.6 Other displays

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment 

15.2 Visual information 

presentation 

15.2.1 Guiding principles

15.2.2 Visual displays

15.2.4 Use of colour

15.5 Discrete displays

15.5.1 Context of use

15.5.2 Viewing position 

15.5.3 Size of displays 

information

15.5.5 Contrast

15.5.6 Glare and 

reflections

6 Displays

6.1 Visual displays 

6.2 Location, orientation, 

lighting, and arrangement 

of displays 

6.3 Display illumination

6.4 Display types

8 Integration of controls, 

displays and alarms

8.1 Principles of design

8.2 Grouping 

relationships – principles 

of arrangement

8.6 Control and display 

movement relationships
Page 96 3/2013

DEVICES

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

10.5 Visual Displays 

10.5.2.2 Viewing 

conditions

10.5.2.3 Luminance and 

contrast

10.5.2.4 Spatial metrics

10.5.2.6 Color

uniformity 

5.10 Between character 

spacing

5.11 Between-word 

spacing 

5.14 Orthogonality

5.15 Display luminance

5.16 Luminance contrast

5.17 Luminance balance

5.18 Glare

5.19 Image polarity 

5.20 Luminance 

uniformity 

5.21 Luminance coding

5.22 Blink coding 

5.23 Temporal 

instability (flicker) 

5.24 Spatial instability 

5.25 Screen image color 

(Part 3) 6 Measurement 

Conditions and 

Conventions

6.1.2 Lighting conditions

6.3 Display luminance 

setting

15.5.7 Displayed colour

Explosive/Chemical Trace Detection machine

• Wand

• Buttons/Controls 10.6.3 Control devices 

10.6.3.1 Push button

10.6.3.7 Slide switch 

controls

10.6.3.23 Knobs

Part 9: Ergonomics 

requirements for office 

work with Visual Display 

Terminals –

Requirements for nonkeyboard input devices 

6.1.4 Button design
Page 97 3/2013

DEVICES

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

• Software See Software above

• Display 10.2 General

10.2.1 Simplicity

10.2.2 Usability 

10.2.6 Feedback 

10.2.7 System Status

10.3 Layout

10.3.2 Location and 

arrangement

10.3.4 Display-Control 

relationships 

10.3.5 Location

10.4 Visual acquisition of 

display 

10.4.1 Display content

10.4.2 Minimal 

information

10.5 Visual Displays 

10.5.2.2 Viewing 

conditions

10.5.2.3 Luminance and 

contrast

10.5.2.4 Spatial metrics

10.5.2.6 Color

Part 3: Visual Display 

Requirements

5 Design requirements 

and recommendations

5.1 Design viewing 

distance

5.2 Line-of-sight angle

5.3 Angle of view

5.4 Character height

5.5 Stroke width

5.6 Character width-toheight ratio 

5.7 Raster modulation 

and fill factor

5.8 Character format

5.9 Character size 

uniformity 

5.10 Between character 

spacing

5.11 Between-word 

spacing 

5.14 Orthogonality

5.15 Display luminance

5.16 Luminance contrast

5.17 Luminance balance

5.18 Glare

5.19 Image polarity 

5.20 Luminance 

uniformity 

5.21 Luminance coding

5.22 Blink coding 

5.23 Temporal 

instability (flicker) 

5.24 Spatial instability 

5.25 Screen image color 

(Part 3) 6 Measurement 
Page 98 3/2013

DEVICES

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

Conditions and 

Conventions

6.1.2 Lighting conditions

6.3 Display luminance 

setting
Page 99 3/2013

B.4: CBP

Border Protection Air and Marine

Border Protection Land

Apprehensions in 2011

Total apprehensions: 340,252

Travelers processed: 340,000,000 

Containers processed: 24.3 million containers through ports of entry 

Travelers enrolled in Trusted Traveler Programs: 290,000 new travelers enrolled 

Arrests: 8,195 people wanted for crimes

Air & Marine

Officers in the field: 20,000 at ship and entry points

Environment: airport offices (may be small, dusty, and noisy)

Land

Centers: 143

Workstations: 1,000

Detainees processed: 1,000 per day 

Equipment: 

• Enrollment camera

• Fingerprint capture device

• Thermal pocket scope for tactical observation and general-purpose night vision

• Radiation detection devices

• Computer/Laptop

• Workstation
Page 100 3/2013

• Keyboard

• Monitor

• Passport document scanner

• Enrollment software

• Iris scanner

Table 6: CBP Devices and Related Standards

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

Iris Scanner

• Scanner lens

• Visual Display 10.2 General

10.2.1 Simplicity

10.2.2 Usability 

10.2.6 Feedback 

10.2.7 System Status

10.3 Layout

10.3.2 Location and 

arrangement

10.3.4 Display-Control 

relationships 

10.3.5 Location

10.4 Visual acquisition of 

display 

10.4.1 Display content

10.4.2 Minimal 

information

10.5 Visual Displays 

10.5.2.2 Viewing 

conditions

10.5.2.3 Luminance and 

contrast

10.5.2.4 Spatial metrics

10.5.2.6 Color

Part 3: Visual Display 

Requirements

5 Design requirements 

and recommendations

5.1 Design viewing 

distance

5.2 Line-of-sight angle

5.3 Angle of view

5.4 Character height

5.5 Stroke width

5.6 Character width-toheight ratio 

5.7 Raster modulation 

and fill factor

5.8 Character format

5.9 Character size 

uniformity 

5.10 Between character 

spacing

5.11 Between-word 

spacing 

5.14 Orthogonality

5.15 Display luminance

5.2 Visual displays

5.2.1 Installation of visual

displays

5.2.2 Display content

5.2.3 Displays – hardware

5.2 Visual Displays

5.2.1 General

5.2.2 Transilluminated 

displays

5.2.3 Scale Indicators

5.2.4 Cathode ray tube 

(CRT) displays

5.2.5 Large-screen 

displays

5.2.6 Other displays

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment 

15.2 Visual information 

presentation 

15.2.1 Guiding principles

15.2.2 Visual displays

15.2.4 Use of colour

15.5 Discrete displays

15.5.1 Context of use

15.5.2 Viewing position 

15.5.3 Size of displays 

information

15.5.5 Contrast

15.5.6 Glare and 

reflections

15.5.7 Displayed colour

6 Displays

6.1 Visual displays 

6.2 Location, 

orientation, lighting, and 

arrangement of displays 

6.3 Display illumination

6.4 Display types

8 Integration of 

controls, displays and 

alarms

8.1 Principles of design

8.2 Grouping 

relationships –

principles of 

arrangement

8.6 Control and display 

movement relationships
Page 101 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

5.16 Luminance contrast

5.17 Luminance balance

5.18 Glare

5.19 Image polarity 

5.20 Luminance 

uniformity 

5.21 Luminance coding

5.22 Blink coding 

5.23 Temporal 

instability (flicker) 

5.24 Spatial instability 

5.25 Screen image color 

(Part 3) 6 Measurement 

Conditions and 

Conventions

6.1.2 Lighting conditions

6.3 Display luminance 

setting

• Software 10.5.2.9 Software Elements

10.5.2.9.1 Scrolling

10.5.2.9.2 Navigation

10.5.2.9.3 Selection

10.5.2.9.4 Menus

10.5.2.9.5 Toolbars & 

Status Bars

10.5.2.9.6 Dialog Boxes

10.5.3 Display 

Interpretation

10.5.4 Display 

Technologies

10.5.5 Related Display 

Standards

10.10 User Interfaces with 

Automated Systems

10.10.1 Introduction

10.10.2 Automation

10.10.3 User Interfaces 

with Mobile Machines

Part 151: Guidance on

World Wide Web user 

interfaces

6 High level design 

decisions and design 

strategy

6.2 Determining purpose 

of a Web application

6.3 Analyzing the target 

user groups

6.4 Analyzing the users' 

goals and tasks

6.5 Matching application 

purpose and user goals

6.6 Recognizing the 

purpose of a Web 

application

6.7 Prioritizing different 

design goals

6.8 ICT accessibility

5.1.2.1.4 Feedback c. 

Computer response

5.1.2.1.5 Error 

management

a. Error Correction

b. Early detection

c. Internal software 

checks

d. Critical entries

e. Error message content

f. Error recovery and 

process change 

g. Diagnostic information 

h. Correction entry and 

confirmation 

i. Spelling errors

5.1.3.5.2 Menu Selection

5.1.3.5.3 Form Filling

5.1.3.5.7 Query Language

5.2.2.5 Graphic and 

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.4 Human-Computer 

Interaction 

15.4.1 Introduction

15.4.2 HCI Design 

Process

15.4.3 Essential HCI 

Development Activities

15.4.4 Interaction 

Requirements

15.4.5 Computer-Based 

Displays

15.4.6 Computer-Based 

Control

13 Human-Computer 

Interface

13.1 General Design 

Requirements 

13.1.1 General 

Principles

13.1.2 Navigation

13.1.3 Consistency 

with Physical/Manual 

Interfaces

13.1.4 Standard 

Procedures

13.1.5 Computer 

Response

13.1.6 Screen Design 

and Content

13.1.7 Coding

13.1.8 Input Devices

13.1.9 System Status

13.1.10 On-Line Help
Page 102 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

6.9 Software 

accessibility

6.10 Web content 

accessibility

6.11 Identifying the 

website and its owner

6.12 Coherent multi-site 

strategy

(Part 151) 7 Content 

design

7.1 Conceptual content 

model

7.2 Content Objects and 

functionality

(Part 151) 8 Navigation 

and search

8.1 general

8.2 General guidance on 

navigation

8.3 Navigation structure

8.4 Navigation 

components

8.5 Search

(Part 151) 9 Content 

Presentation

9.1 General

9.2 Observing principles 

of human perception

9.3 Page design issues

9.4 Link design

9.5 Interaction objects

9.6 Text design

(Part 151) 10 General 

design aspects

10.1 Designing for 

cultural diversity and 

multilingual use

10.2 Providing Help

Representational displays

5.2.2.5.1 Graphical user 

interfaces

5.2.2.7 Help 

5.2.2.7.3 Online Help 

5.2.2.7.4 Browsing Help 

5.2.2.7.8 Prompts

13.2 System Operations 

13.2.1 Log-on 

Procedures

13.2.2 Log-off 

Procedures

13.2.3 Computer 

Failure

13.2.4 Interaction

13.11 Data Entry

13.11.1 General 

Requirements

13.11.2 User pacing

13.11.3 Positive 

Feedback

13.11.4 Processing

Display

13.11.5 Explicit Action

13.11.6 Validation

13.11.7 Available Data

13.11.8 Input Units

13.11.9 Buffer

13.11.10 Presentation 

Mode

13.11.11 Display 

Window

13.11.12 Data Deletion

13.11.13 Data Change

13.11.14 Single Data 

Entry Method

13.11.15 Data Entry 

Display

13.11.16 Data Editing

13.11.17 String Search

13.11.18 Automatic 

Line Break

13.11.19 Format 

Control

13.11.20 Frequently 
Page 103 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

10.3 Making Web user 

interfaces error-tolerant

10.4 URL names

10.5 Acceptable 

download times

10.6 Using generally 

accepted technologies 

and standards

10.7 Supporting 

common technologies

10.8 Making Web user 

interfaces robust

10.9 Designing for input 

device independence

10.10 Making the user 

interface of embedded 

objects usable and 

accessible

Used Text

13.11.21 Control 

Annotations

13.11.22 Printing 

Options

13.11.23 Text Length

13.11.24 Justification

13.11.25 Minimization 

of Keying

13.13 Graphic Controls

13.13.1 Use

13.13.2 Iconic Menus

13.13.3 Supplemental 

Verbal Labels

13.13.4 Icon Controls

13.13.5 Palettes

13.13.6 Push-buttons

13.13.7 Radio Buttons

13.13.8 Check Boxes

13.13.9 Sliders

13.14 Windows

13.15 Menus

13.15.1 Use

13.15.2 Item Selection

13.15.3 Titles

13.15.4 Series Entry

13.15.5 Sequences

13.15.6 Active Option 

Presentation

13.15.7 Format 

Consistency

13.15.8 Option 

Sequence

13.15.9 Simple Menus

13.15.10 Option 

Presentation

13.15.11 Direct 

Function Call
Page 104 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

13.15.12 Consistency 

with Command 

Language

13.15.13 Option 

Coding

13.15.14 Keyed Codes

13.15.15 Position in 

Structure

13.15.16 Back Menu

13.15.17 Return to Top 

Level

13.16 Forms

13.16.1 Use

13.16.2 Grouping

13.16.3 

Format/Content 

Consistency

13.16.4 Distinctive 

Fields

13.16.5 Omissions

13.16.6 Protected 

Areas

13.16.7 Flexible Data 

Entry

13.16.8 Logical Order

13.16.9 Control Entry

13.16.10 Message 

Forms

13.18 Language

13.18.1 Command 

Language

13.18.2 Punctuation

13.18.3 Command 

Entry

13.18.4 Display 

Location

13.18.5 Command 

Prompts
Page 105 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

13.18.6 Complexity

13.18.7 Macro 

Command

13.18.8 Standard 

Command Editing

13.18.9 Destructive 

Commands

13.18.10 Questions and 

Answers

13.18.11 Query 

Language

13.19 Feedback

13.19.1 Use

13.19.2 Standby

13.19.3 Process 

Outcome

13.19.4 Input 

Configuration

13.19.5 Current Modes

13.19.6 Highlighted 

Selection

13.19.7 Input Rejection

13.19.8 Feedback 

Messages

13.19.9 Time Delay 

Warning

13.20 Prompts

13.20.1 Use

13.20.2 Standard 

Display

13.20.3 Explicit 

Prompts

13.20.4 Prompt Clarity

13.20.5 Definitions

13.20.6 Consistent 

Technology 

13.20.7 Confirmation

13.21 Defaults
Page 106 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

13.21.1 Use

13.21.2 User Selection

13.21.3 Default 

Substitution

13.21.4 Sequential 

Defaults

13.22 Error 

Management/Data 

Protection

13.22.1 Error 

Correction

13.22.2 Error Detection

13.22.3 Internal 

Software 

Checks13.22.4 Critical 

Entries

13.22.5 Error Message 

Content

13.22.6 Error Recovery

13.22.7 Diagnostic 

Information

13.22.8 Entry 

Correction and 

Confirmation

13.22.9 Spelling Errors

13.22.10 Errors in 

Stacked Commands 

(stacked sequences)

13.22.11 Display of 

Erroneous Entries

13.22.12 File 

Management

13.23 Data Security

13.23.1 General

13.23.2 Automated 

Measures

13.23.3 Segregating 

Real/Simulated Data
Page 107 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

13.23.4 Security 

Classification Display

13.23.5 User 

Identification

13.24 Help

13.24.1 General

13.24.2 Help Request

13.24.3 Help Content

13.24.4 Multi-Level 

HELP

13.24.5 Browse/Help

13.24.6 Help Access

13.24.7 Appropriate 

Help

13.25 Software

13.25.1 General

13.25.2 Information 

and System Response

13.25.3 Compute 

Failure

13.25.4 Task 

Complexity

13.25.5 Interaction

13.26 Data 

Transmission/ 

Messaging

13.26.1 Functional 

Integration

13.26.2 Consistent 

Procedures

13.26.3 Message 

Formats

13.26.4 Interruption

13.26.5 Incorporate 

Existing Files

13.26.6 User Initiation

13.26.7 Transmission 

Notification
Page 108 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

13.26.8 Address Entry 

Prompt

13.26.9 Incoming 

Message Control

13.26.10 Data 

Presentation

• Keyboard Part 4: Keyboard 

requirements

6 Design requirements 

and recommendations

6.1 General Design of 

the Keyboard

6.2 Design of Keys

(Part 4) 7 Measurement 

7.1 General

7.2 General Design of 

the Keyboard

7.3 Design of Keys

5.1.3 Computer controls

5.1.3.2 Keyboards

5.1.3.3 Mouse/ 

trackballs/joysticks

5.1.3.4 Data entry

5.4.3.1.3. Keyboards, 

keypads, keysets, and 

menu selectors

5.4.3.1.3.1 Use

5.4.3.1.3.2 Keyboards

5.4.3.1.3.2.1 Mounting

5.4.3.1.3.2.2 Function 

control

5.4.3.1.3.3 Keypads

5.4.3.1.3.3.1 Mounting

5.4.3.1.3.3.2 Actuating 

force

5.4.3.1.3.3.3 Function 

control

5.4.3.1.3.4 Dedicated 

keysets

5.4.3.1.3.5 Multi-function 

(programmable) keysets

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.6 Discrete Controls

15.6.9.1 Keyboards/ 

Membrane Keys

15.6.9.2 Keypads

15.6.12.2 Mouse

13 Human-Computer 

Interface

13.27 Input Devices

13.27.2 Keyboard Use

13.27.11 Mouse Use

13.27.14 Input Device 

Interchangeability/ 

Redundancy

• Workstation See workstation above

Camera components

• Buttons, Knobs, and 

Control Devices

10.6.3 Control devices 

10.6.3.1 Push button

10.6.3.7 Slide switch 

controls

10.6.3.23 Knobs

Part 9: Ergonomics 

requirements for office 

work with Visual Display 

Terminals –

Requirements for nonkeyboard input devices 

6.1.4 Button design

5.1.4 Mechanical 

Controls

5.1.4.1.2 Continuous 

adjustment rotary controls 

(knobs)

5.1.4.2 Linear controls 

(push buttons)

5.4 Controls

5.4.1.2 Direction of 

movement

5.4.2 Rotary controls

5.4.3.1.1 Push button, 

finger- or hand-operated

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.6 Discrete Controls

15.6.3 Preferred physical 

specifications for 

continuous variable 

operation: Rotary (knob)

15.6.8 Preferred physical 

specifications for discrete 

operation: Push button

5 Controls

5.1 Principles of control 

design

5.6 Control use and 

design

5.6.5 Continuous 

adjustment rotary 

controls (knobs)

5.6.7 Pushbuttons
Page 109 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

• Visual Display 10.2 General

10.2.1 Simplicity

10.2.2 Usability 

10.2.6 Feedback 

10.2.7 System Status

10.3 Layout

10.3.2 Location and 

arrangement

10.3.4 Display-Control 

relationships 

10.3.5 Location

10.4 Visual acquisition of 

display 

10.4.1 Display content

10.4.2 Minimal 

information

10.5 Visual Displays 

10.5.2.2 Viewing 

conditions

10.5.2.3 Luminance and 

contrast

10.5.2.4 Spatial metrics

10.5.2.6 Color

Part 3: Visual Display 

Requirements

5 Design requirements 

and recommendations

5.1 Design viewing 

distance

5.2 Line-of-sight angle

5.3 Angle of view

5.4 Character height

5.5 Stroke width

5.6 Character width-toheight ratio 

5.7 Raster modulation 

and fill factor

5.8 Character format

5.9 Character size 

uniformity 

5.10 Between character 

spacing

5.11 Between-word 

spacing 

5.14 Orthogonality

5.15 Display luminance

5.16 Luminance contrast

5.17 Luminance balance

5.18 Glare

5.19 Image polarity 

5.20 Luminance 

uniformity 

5.21 Luminance coding

5.22 Blink coding 

5.23 Temporal 

instability (flicker) 

5.24 Spatial instability 

5.25 Screen image color 

(Part 3) 6 Measurement 

Conditions and 

Conventions

5.2 Visual displays

5.2.1 Installation of visual 

displays

5.2.2 Display content

5.2.3 Displays – hardware

5.2 Visual Displays

5.2.1 General

5.2.2 Transilluminated 

displays

5.2.3 Scale Indicators

5.2.4 Cathode ray tube 

(CRT) displays

5.2.5 Large-screen 

displays

5.2.6 Other displays

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment 

15.2 Visual information 

presentation 

15.2.1 Guiding principles

15.2.2 Visual displays

15.2.4 Use of colour

15.5 Discrete displays

15.5.1 Context of use

15.5.2 Viewing position 

15.5.3 Size of displays 

information

15.5.5 Contrast

15.5.6 Glare and 

reflections

15.5.7 Displayed colour

6 Displays

6.1 Visual displays 

6.2 Location, 

orientation, lighting, and 

arrangement of displays 

6.3 Display illumination

6.4 Display types

8 Integration of 

controls, displays and 

alarms

8.1 Principles of design

8.2 Grouping 

relationships –

principles of 

arrangement

8.6 Control and display 

movement relationships
Page 110 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

6.1.2 Lighting conditions

6.3 Display luminance 

setting

• Auditory signal 10.8 Audio Displays

10.8.2 When to use

10.8.3 Selection of signal 

type

10.8.4 General design

10.8.5 Signal design

5.3.1 Audio Displays 

5.3.1.7 Audio displays as 

part of the user interface 

5.3.2 Audio signals 

5.3.2.3 Alerting signals

5.3.2.5 Cueing signals

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.3 Auditory 

information presentation 

15.3.1 Valid use of 

auditory signals

15.3.2 Signal audibility 

15.3.3 Signal recognition

15.3.4 Gaining attention

15.3.5 Signal 

discrimination

15.3.6 Signal meaning 

15.3.9 Evaluation of 

auditory signals 

13 Human-Computer 

Interaction

13.10 Audio displays 

13.10.1 Use

13.10.2 Audio 

supportive function

13.10.3 Signal 

characteristics

• On/off switch 10.6.3 Control Devices

10.6.3.6 Rocker switches 

(on/off switch)

5.1.4.2 Linear controls 

5.1.4.2.1 Discrete 

adjustment linear controls 

e. Rocker switches

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.6 Discrete Controls

15.6.8.4 Rocker switches

5 Controls

5.6 Control Use and 

Design 

5.6.10 Rocker switches

• Software See Software Below

Fingerprint scanner 5.1.3.1.9 Parallax and 

glare (touch screen 

devices)

5.1.3.10 Touch screen 

viewing angle

• Platen

• Software See Software Below

• Keypad 10.6.2 Design 

Characteristics

10.6.3 Control Devices

10.6.3.3 Keyboard 

(includes keypad)

Part 4: Keyboard 

requirements 

6.2 Design of keys

6.2.4 Keying feedback

6.2.8 Key legends

6.2.10 Numeric keypad

5.1.3.2 Keyboards

5.1.3.2.1 Layout and 

configuration 

5.4.3.1.3 Keyboards, 

keypads, keysets, and 

menu selectors

5.4.3.1.3.3 Keypads

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.6.9 Preferred Physical 

Specifications for Data 

Entry: Keyed
Page 111 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

15.6.9.1 Keyboards/

Membrane keys

15.6.9.2 Keypads

• Display 10.2 General

10.2.1 Simplicity

10.2.2 Usability 

10.2.6 Feedback 

10.2.7 System Status

10.3 Layout

10.3.2 Location and 

arrangement

10.3.4 Display-Control 

relationships 

10.3.5 Location

10.4 Visual acquisition of 

display 

10.4.1 Display content

10.4.2 Minimal 

information

10.5 Visual Displays 

10.5.2.2 Viewing 

conditions

10.5.2.3 Luminance and 

contrast

10.5.2.4 Spatial metrics

10.5.2.6 Color

Part 3: Visual Display 

Requirements

5 Design requirements 

and recommendations

5.1 Design viewing 

distance

5.2 Line-of-sight angle

5.3 Angle of view

5.4 Character height

5.5 Stroke width

5.6 Character width-toheight ratio 

5.7 Raster modulation 

and fill factor

5.8 Character format

5.9 Character size 

uniformity 

5.10 Between character 

spacing

5.11 Between-word 

spacing 

5.14 Orthogonality

5.15 Display luminance

5.16 Luminance contrast

5.17 Luminance balance

5.18 Glare

5.19 Image polarity 

5.20 Luminance 

uniformity 

5.21 Luminance coding

5.22 Blink coding 

5.23 Temporal 

instability (flicker) 

5.24 Spatial instability 

5.25 Screen image color 

5.2 Visual displays

5.2.1 Installation of visual 

displays

5.2.2 Display content

5.2.3 Displays – hardware

5.2 Visual Displays

5.2.1 General

5.2.2 Transilluminated 

displays

5.2.3 Scale Indicators

5.2.4 Cathode ray tube 

(CRT) displays

5.2.5 Large-screen 

displays

5.2.6 Other displays

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment 

15.2 Visual information 

presentation 

15.2.1 Guiding principles

15.2.2 Visual displays

15.2.4 Use of colour

15.5 Discrete displays

15.5.1 Context of use

15.5.2 Viewing position 

15.5.3 Size of displays 

information

15.5.5 Contrast

15.5.6 Glare and 

reflections

15.5.7 Displayed colour

6.Displays

6.1 Visual displays 

6.2 Location, 

orientation, lighting, and 

arrangement of displays 

6.3 Display illumination

6.4 Display types

8 Integration of 

controls, displays and 

alarms

8.1 Principles of design

8.2 Grouping 

relationships –

principles of 

arrangement

8.6 Control and display 

movement relationships
Page 112 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

(Part 3) 6 Measurement 

Conditions and 

Conventions

6.1.2 Lighting conditions

6.3 Display luminance 

setting

Workstation 8.7.3.4 Fixtures for 

lighting tasks

8.7.5 Glare

Part 5: Ergonomic 

Requirements for office 

work with visual display 

terminals – Workstation 

Layout and Postural 

Requirements

4 Guiding Principles

4.1 General

4.2 Versatility and 

Flexibility 

4.3 Fit

4.4 Postural Change

4.5 User Information 

4.6 MaintainabilityAdaptability 

(Part 5) 5 Design 

Requirements and 

Recommendations

5.1 General

5.2 Postures

5.3 Ease of Adjustment

5.4 Support Surfaces

5.5 Work Chair

5.6 Additional Support 

Elements

5.7 Layout of 

Workstations Within the 

Work Space

5.2.1.3.13 Display 

adjacent surfaces

5.2.3.13.13 Glare

5.5.3 Illuminance

5.5.3.1.1 General

5.5.3.1.1 d. Illumination 

source distribution to 

reduce glare

5.7.7 General 

Equipment-related 

Hazards

5.10 Workspace Design 

5.10.1 General 

5.10.2 Workspace 

provision

5.10.3 Workstation design

5.10.4 Special-purpose 

console design

5.14 Peripherals

5.7 Workspace Design

5.7.1 General 

5.7.2 Standing Operations

5.7.2.1 General

5.7.2.2 Advantages

5.7.2.3 Work Surface

5.7.2.4 Equipment 

placement

5.7.2.5 Dimensions

5.7.3 Seated Operations

5.7.3.1 Advantages

5.7.3.2 Seating

5.7.3.3 Cushioning

5.7.3.4 Armrests

5.7.3.5 Footrests

5.7.3.6 Temporary Seats

5.7.3.7 Mobile 

Workspace

5.7.5 Standard console 

design

5.7.5.1 Display surfaces

5.7.5.2 Control surfaces

5.7.7 Stairs, ladders, and 

ramps

5.7.7.1 General criteria

5.7.7.2 Stairs

5.7.7.3 Ladders

5.7.7.4 Ramps

5.7.7.6 Elevators, 

inclinators, and 

hydraulic-operated work 

platforms

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 13 

The Workplace

13.2 Workplace Design 

13.2.3 Design Principles

13.2.4 General Layout

13.2.5 Specific 

Requirements for 

Workstations

13.2.6 Working 

Environment 

13.2.7 Approaches and 

Methods to Workplace 

Design

13.2.8 Workspace 

Design Reviews

13.3 Workspace and Task 

Lighting 

13.3.1 Introduction

13.3.2 Photometry and 

Colorimetry 

13.3.3 Lighting Design 

Practice

13.3.4 Daylight

13.3.5 Lighting 

Equipment 

13.3.6 Energy 

Considerations

13.3.8 Display Screen 

Equipment Lighting 

13.3.9 Safety-Related 

Lighting

3 Terminology

3.1.48 Glare

10 Workplace 

Arrangements

10.1 Basic Principles of 

Workplace Design

10.1.7 Control/Display 

Accessibility

10.2.4 Computer 

Workstation

10.3.4 Display 

Mounting

14 Habitability

14.1 Noise

14.1.1. Maximum 

Levels

14.1.2 Maximum 

Exposure and 

Protection

14.2 Indoor Climate

14.2.1 Design 

Requirement

14.2.2 Temperature

14.2.3 Relative 

Humidity 

14.2.4 Temperature/ 

Humidity Design

14.3 Lighting

14.3.1 General Design 

Requirements

14.3.2 Location

14.3.5 Lighting Levels
Page 113 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

5.7.8 Ingress & egress

5.7.8.1 Routine

5.7.8.2 Non-routine

5.7.8.3 Walkways & 

Passageways

5.8 Environment

5.8.1 Heating, ventilating, 

and air conditioning

5.8.1.1 Heating

5.8.1.4 Environmental 

Factors 

5.8.1.5 Thermal tolerance 

and comfort zones

5.8.2 Illuminance

5.8.2.1 General

5.8.2.2 Illumination 

levels and distribution 

5.8.2.3 Lighting fixtures

5.8.2.4 Brightness ratios

5.8.2.5 Glare

5.8.2.6 Reflectance

5.8.2.7 Dark adaptation 

5.8.4 Vibration

5.8.4.1 Whole-body 

vibration

5.8.4.2 Equipment 

vibration

14.3.6 Brightness Ratio

14.3.7 Wall Surface 

Reflectance

14.3.8 Other Lighting 

Requirement

Keyboard with Mouse Part 4: Keyboard 

Requirements

6 Design Requirements 

and Recommendations

6.1 General Design of 

the Keyboard

6.2 Design of Keys

(Part 4) 7 Measurement

7.1 General

7.2 General Design of 

the Keyboard

5.1.3 Computer controls

5.1.3.2 Keyboards

5.1.3.3 Mouse/ 

trackballs/joysticks

5.1.3.4 Data entry

5.4.3.1.3. Keyboards, 

keypads, keysets, and 

menu selectors

5.4.3.1.3.1 Use

5.4.3.1.3.2 Keyboards

5.4.3.1.3.2.1 Mounting

5.4.3.1.3.2.2 Function 

control

5.4.3.1.3.3 Keypads

5.4.3.1.3.3.1 Mounting

5.4.3.1.3.3.2 Actuating 

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.6 Discrete Controls

15.6.9.1 Keyboards/ 

Membrane Keys

15.6.9.2 Keypads

15.6.12.2 Mouse

13 Human-Computer 

Interaction

13.27 Input Devices

13.27.2 Keyboard Use

13.27.11 Mouse Use

13.27.14 Input Device 

Interchangeability/ 

Redundancy
Page 114 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

7.3 Design of Keys

Part 5: Ergonomic 

requirements for office 

work with visual display 

terminals – Workstation 

layout and postural 

requirements

5 Design requirements 

and recommendations

5.7 Layout of 

Workstations Within the 

Work Space

force

5.4.3.1.3.3.3 Function 

control

5.4.3.1.3.4 Dedicated 

keysets

5.4.3.1.3.5 Multi-function 

(programmable) keysets

Monitor Part 3: Visual Display 

Requirements

5 Design Requirements 

and Recommendations

5.1 Design Viewing 

Distance

5.2 Line-of-sight Angle

5.3 Angle of View

5.4 Character Height

5.5 Stroke Width

5.6 Character Width-toHeight Ratio

5.8 Character Format

5.9 Character Size 

Uniformity

5.10 Between-CharacterSpacing

5.11 Between-Word 

Spacing

5.12 Between-Line 

Spacing

5.13 Linearity 

5.14 Orthogonality

5.15 Display Luminance

5.16 Luminance 

Contrast

5.1.3.1.9 Parallax and 

glare (touch screen 

devices) 

5.1.3.10 Touch screen 

viewing angle

5.2.1.3.10 Glare of visual 

displays 

5.2.1.3.11 Reflected glare 

of visual displays 

5.2.1.3.12 Polarized/

tinted glass for visual 

displays

5.2 Visual displays

5.2.1 General

5.2.1.2 Display 

illumination and light 

distribution 

5.2.1.3 Information

5.2.2 Transilluminated 

displays 

5.2.2.1 General

5.2.2.2 Legend lights

5.2.2.3 Simple indicator 

lights

5.2.2.4 Transilluminated 

panel assemblies

13 Human-Computer 

Interaction

13.3 Computer Displays

13.3.1 Design Criteria

13.3.2 Luminance

13.3.3 Contrast Ratio

13.3.4 Refresh Rate

13.3.5 Monochromatic 

Color Combinations

13.3.6 Resolution and 

Display Size

13.3.7 Flat Panel Image 

Formation Time

13.3.8 Flicker

13.3.9 Jitter

13.3.10 Glare
Page 115 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

5.17 Luminance Balance

5.18 Glare

5.19 Image Polarity

5.20 Luminance 

Uniformity

5.21 Luminance Coding

5.22 Blink Coding

5.23 Temporal 

Instability (Flicker)

5.24 Spatial Instability 

(Jitter)

5.25 Screen Image Color

(Part 3) 6.6 Specific 

Measurements (Like 

above but Specific)

Passport Document Scanner

• Platen

• Software See Software above

• On/off switch 10.6.3 Control Devices

10.6.3.6 Rocker switches 

(on/off switch) 

5.1.4.2 Linear controls 

5.1.4.2.1 Discrete 

adjustment linear controls 

e. Rocker switches

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.6 Discrete Controls

15.6.8.4 Rocker switches

5 Controls

5.6 Control Use and 

Design 

5.6.10 Rocker switches

Software 

10.5.2.9 Software Elements

10.5.2.9.1 Scrolling

10.5.2.9.2 Navigation

10.5.2.9.3 Selection

10.5.2.9.4 Menus

10.5.2.9.5 Toolbars & 

Status Bars

10.5.2.9.6 Dialog Boxes

10.5.3 Display 

Interpretation

10.5.4 Display 

Technologies

10.5.5 Related Display 

Part 151: Guidance on

World Wide Web user 

interfaces

6 High level design 

decisions and design 

strategy

6.2 Determining purpose 

of a Web application

6.3 Analyzing the target 

user groups

6.4 Analyzing the users' 

goals and tasks

6.5 Matching application 

purpose and user goals

5.1.2.1.4 Feedback c. 

Computer response

5.1.2.1.5 Error 

management

a. Error Correction

b. Early detection

c. Internal software 

checks

d. Critical entries

e. Error message content

f. Error recovery and 

process change 

g. Diagnostic information 

h. Correction entry and 

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.4 Human-Computer 

Interaction 

15.4.1 Introduction

15.4.2 HCI Design 

Process

15.4.3 Essential HCI 

Development Activities

15.4.4 Interaction 

Requirements

15.4.5 Computer-Based 

Displays

13 Human-Computer 

Interface

13.1 General Design 

Requirements 

13.1.1 General 

Principles

13.1.2 Navigation

13.1.3 Consistency 

with Physical/Manual 

Interfaces

13.1.4 Standard 

Procedures

13.1.5 Computer 

Response
Page 116 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

Standards

10.10 User Interfaces with 

Automated Systems

10.10.1 Introduction

10.10.2 Automation

10.10.3 User Interfaces 

with Mobile Machines

6.6 Recognizing the 

purpose of a Web 

application

6.7 Prioritizing different 

design goals

6.8 ICT accessibility

6.9 Software 

accessibility

6.10 Web content 

accessibility

6.11 Identifying the 

website and its owner

6.12 Coherent multi-site 

strategy

(Part 151) 7 Content 

design

7.1 Conceptual content 

model

7.2 Content Objects and 

functionality

(Part 151) 8 Navigation 

and search

8.1 general

8.2 General guidance on 

navigation

8.3 Navigation structure

8.4 Navigation 

components

8.5 Search

(Part 151) 9 Content 

Presentation

9.1 General

9.2 Observing principles 

of human perception

9.3 Page design issues

9.4 Link design

9.5 Interaction objects

9.6 Text design

confirmation 

i. Spelling errors

5.1.3.5.2 Menu Selection

5.1.3.5.3 Form Filling

5.1.3.5.7 Query Language

5.2.2.5 Graphic and 

Representational displays

5.2.2.5.1 Graphical user 

interfaces

5.2.2.7 Help 

5.2.2.7.3 Online Help 

5.2.2.7.4 Browsing Help 

5.2.2.7.8 Prompts

15.4.6 Computer-Based 

Control

13.1.6 Screen Design 

and Content

13.1.7 Coding

13.1.8 Input Devices

13.1.9 System Status

13.1.10 On-Line Help

13.2 System Operations 

13.2.1 Log-on 

Procedures

13.2.2 Log-off 

Procedures

13.2.3 Computer 

Failure

13.2.4 Interaction

13.11 Data Entry

13.11.1 General 

Requirements

13.11.2 User pacing

13.11.3 Positive 

Feedback

13.11.4 Processing 

Display

13.11.5 Explicit Action

13.11.6 Validation

13.11.7 Available Data

13.11.8 Input Units

13.11.9 Buffer

13.11.10 Presentation 

Mode

13.11.11 Display 

Window

13.11.12 Data Deletion

13.11.13 Data Change

13.11.14 Single Data 

Entry Method

13.11.15 Data Entry 

Display

13.11.16 Data Editing
Page 117 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

(Part 151) 10 General 

design aspects

10.1 Designing for 

cultural diversity and 

multilingual use

10.2 Providing Help

10.3 Making Web user 

interfaces error-tolerant

10.4 URL names

10.5 Acceptable 

download times

10.6 Using generally 

accepted technologies 

and standards

10.7 Supporting 

common technologies

10.8 Making Web user 

interfaces robust

10.9 Designing for input 

device independence

10.10 Making the user 

interface of embedded 

objects usable and 

accessible

13.11.17 String Search

13.11.18 Automatic 

Line Break

13.11.19 Format 

Control

13.11.20 Frequently 

Used Text

13.11.21 Control 

Annotations

13.11.22 Printing 

Options

13.11.23 Text Length

13.11.24 Justification

13.11.25 Minimization 

of Keying

13.13 Graphic Controls

13.13.1 Use

13.13.2 Iconic Menus

13.13.3 Supplemental 

Verbal Labels

13.13.4 Icon Controls

13.13.5 Palettes

13.13.6 Push-buttons

13.13.7 Radio Buttons

13.13.8 Check Boxes

13.13.9 Sliders

13.14 Windows

13.15 Menus

13.15.1 Use

13.15.2 Item Selection

13.15.3 Titles

13.15.4 Series Entry

13.15.5 Sequences

13.15.6 Active Option 

Presentation

13.15.7 Format 

Consistency

13.15.8 Option 
Page 118 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

Sequence

13.15.9 Simple Menus

13.15.10 Option 

Presentation

13.15.11 Direct 

Function Call

13.15.12 Consistency 

with Command 

Language

13.15.13 Option 

Coding

13.15.14 Keyed Codes

13.15.15 Position in 

Structure

13.15.16 Back Menu

13.15.17 Return to Top 

Level

13.16 Forms

13.16.1 Use

13.16.2 Grouping

13.16.3 

Format/Content 

Consistency

13.16.4 Distinctive 

Fields

13.16.5 Omissions

13.16.6 Protected 

Areas

13.16.7 Flexible Data 

Entry

13.16.8 Logical Order

13.16.9 Control Entry

13.16.10 Message 

Forms

13.18 Language

13.18.1 Command 

Language

13.18.2 Punctuation
Page 119 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

13.18.3 Command 

Entry

13.18.4 Display 

Location

13.18.5 Command 

Prompts

13.18.6 Complexity

13.18.7 Macro 

Command

13.18.8 Standard 

Command Editing

13.18.9 Destructive 

Commands

13.18.10 Questions and 

Answers

13.18.11 Query 

Language

13.19 Feedback

13.19.1 Use

13.19.2 Standby

13.19.3 Process 

Outcome

13.19.4 Input 

Configuration

13.19.5 Current Modes

13.19.6 Highlighted 

Selection

13.19.7 Input Rejection

13.19.8 Feedback 

Messages

13.19.9 Time Delay 

Warning

13.20 Prompts

13.20.1 Use

13.20.2 Standard 

Display

13.20.3 Explicit 

Prompts
Page 120 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

13.20.4 Prompt Clarity

13.20.5 Definitions

13.20.6 Consistent 

Technology 

13.20.7 Confirmation

13.21 Defaults

13.21.1 Use

13.21.2 User Selection

13.21.3 Default 

Substitution

13.21.4 Sequential 

Defaults

13.22 Error 

Management/Data 

Protection

13.22.1 Error 

Correction

13.22.2 Error Detection

13.22.3 Internal 

Software 

Checks13.22.4 Critical 

Entries

13.22.5 Error Message 

Content

13.22.6 Error Recovery

13.22.7 Diagnostic 

Information

13.22.8 Entry 

Correction and 

Confirmation

13.22.9 Spelling Errors

13.22.10 Errors in 

Stacked Commands 

(stacked sequences)

13.22.11 Display of 

Erroneous Entries

13.22.12 File 

Management
Page 121 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

13.23 Data Security

13.23.1 General

13.23.2 Automated 

Measures

13.23.3 Segregating 

Real/Simulated Data

13.23.4 Security 

Classification Display

13.23.5 User 

Identification

13.24 Help

13.24.1 General

13.24.2 Help Request

13.24.3 Help Content

13.24.4 Multi-Level 

HELP

13.24.5 Browse/Help

13.24.6 Help Access

13.24.7 Appropriate 

Help

13.25 Software

13.25.1 General

13.25.2 Information 

and System Response

13.25.3 Compute 

Failure

13.25.4 Task 

Complexity

13.25.5 Interaction

13.26 Data 

Transmission/ 

Messaging

13.26.1 Functional 

Integration

13.26.2 Consistent 

Procedures

13.26.3 Message 

Formats
Page 122 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

13.26.4 Interruption

13.26.5 Incorporate 

Existing Files

13.26.6 User Initiation

13.26.7 Transmission 

Notification

13.26.8 Address Entry 

Prompt

13.26.9 Incoming 

Message Control

13.26.10 Data 

Presentation

Computer/Laptop 10.10 User Interfaces with 

Automated Systems

10.10.1 Introduction

10.10.2 Automation

10.10.3 User Interfaces 

with Mobile Machines

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.4 Human-Computer 

Interaction 

15.4.1 Introduction

15.4.2 HCI Design 

Process

15.4.3 Essential HCI 

Development Activities

15.4.4 Interaction 

Requirements

15.4.5 Computer-Based 

Displays

15.4.6 Computer-Based 

Control

13 Human-Computer 

Interface

13.1 General Design 

Requirements

13.1.1 General 

Principles

13.1.2 Navigation

13.1.3 Consistency 

with Physical/Manual 

Interfaces

13.1.4 Standard 

Procedures

13.1.5 Computer 

Response

13.1.6 Screen Design 

and Content

13.1.7 Coding

13.1.8 Input Devices

13.1.9 System Status

13.1.10 On-Line Help 

13.2 System 

Operations

13.2.1 Log-on 

Procedures

13.2.2 Log-off 

Procedures
Page 123 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

13.2.3 Computer 

Failure

13.2.4 Interaction

13.3 Computer 

Displays

13.3.1 Design Criteria

13.3.2 Luminance

13.3.3 Contrast Ratio

13.3.4 Refresh Rate

13.3.5 

Monochromatic Color 

Combinations

13.3.6 Resolution and 

Display Size

13.3.7 Flat Panel 

Image Formation 

Time

13.3.8 Flicker

13.3.9 Jitter

13.3.10 Glare

13.4 Display Content

13.4.1 Standardization

13.4.2 Information 

Density

13.8 Textual Data 

Displays

13.8.1 Use

13.8.2 Character 

Formats

13.8.3 Brevity

13.8.4 Abbreviations 

and Acronyms

13.8.5 Print Layout

13.9 Graphic Displays

13.9.1 Use

13.9.2 Recurring Data

13.9.3 Refresh Rates

13.9.4 Line Format
Page 124 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

13.9.5 Trend Lines

13.9.6 Pointing

13.9.7 Distinctive 

Cursor

13.9.8 Precise 

Positioning

13.9.9 Selecting 

Graphic Elements

13.9.10 Easy Storage 

and Retrieval 

13.9.11 Automatic 

Data Registration

13.9.12 Graphic 

Formats

13.9.13 Derivation of 

Graphical Data

13.9.14 Drawing 

Lines

13.9.15 Resizing

13.9.16 Highlighting 

Data

13.9.17 Reference 

Index

13.9.18 Annotation of 

Data

13.9.19 Label 

Orientation

13.9.20 Pictorial 

Symbols

13.9.21 Display of 

Scale

13.9.22 Grids

13.9.23 Graphic 

Comparison

13.9.24 Bar Graphs

13.9.25 Maps

13.9.26 Mimics

13.27 Input Devices
Page 125 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

13.27.1 Input Devices

13.27.2 Keyboard Use

13.27.3 Fixed 

Function Keys

13.27.4 Variable 

Action

13.27.5 Touchscreen 

Use

13.27.6 Pointing 

Devices

13.27.7 Joysticks

13.27.8 Thumb Tip 

and FingertipOperated 

Displacement 

Joysticks

13.27.9 Trackball

13.27.10 Grid and 

Stylus Devices

13.27.11 Mouse Use

13.27.12 Light Pen

13.27.13 Speech 

Recognition Use

13.27.14 Input Device 

Interchangeability/ 

Redundancy

Explosive/Chemical Trace Detection machine

• Wand

• Buttons/Controls 10.6.3 Control devices 

10.6.3.1 Push button

10.6.3.7 Slide switch 

controls

10.6.3.23 Knobs

Part 9: Ergonomics 

requirements for office 

work with Visual Display 

Terminals –

Requirements for nonkeyboard input devices 

6.1.4 Button design
Page 126 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

• Software See Software above

• Display 10.2 General

10.2.1 Simplicity

10.2.2 Usability 

10.2.6 Feedback 

10.2.7 System Status

10.3 Layout

10.3.2 Location and 

arrangement

10.3.4 Display-Control 

relationships 

10.3.5 Location

10.4 Visual acquisition of 

display 

10.4.1 Display content

10.4.2 Minimal 

information

10.5 Visual Displays 

10.5.2.2 Viewing 

conditions

10.5.2.3 Luminance and 

contrast

10.5.2.4 Spatial metrics

10.5.2.6 Color

Part 3: Visual Display 

Requirements

5 Design requirements 

and recommendations

5.1 Design viewing 

distance

5.2 Line-of-sight angle

5.3 Angle of view

5.4 Character height

5.5 Stroke width

5.6 Character width-toheight ratio 

5.7 Raster modulation 

and fill factor

5.8 Character format

5.9 Character size 

uniformity 

5.10 Between character 

spacing

5.11 Between-word 

spacing 

5.14 Orthogonality

5.15 Display luminance

5.16 Luminance contrast

5.17 Luminance balance

5.18 Glare

5.19 Image polarity 

5.20 Luminance 

uniformity 

5.21 Luminance coding

5.22 Blink coding 

5.23 Temporal 

instability (flicker) 

5.24 Spatial instability 

5.25 Screen image color 

(Part 3) 6 Measurement 

Conditions and 
Page 127 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

Conventions

6.1.2 Lighting conditions

6.3 Display luminance 

setting
Page 128 3/2013

B.5: ICE

Employees: more than 20,000 in 50 states and 47 foreign countries

Immigration Fugitives: 18,699

Repeat Immigration Violators: 77,830

Border Removals: 45,938

Other Removable Aliens: 37,741

Detention Facilities: 104 

ERO Field Offices: 24

Equipment:

• Fingerprint capture device

• Camera

• Computer/Laptop

• Software applications

• Iris scanner

Officers carry guns and radios

Table 7: ICE Devices and Related Standards

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 F1166

Fingerprint Device 5.1.3.1.9 Parallax and 

glare (touch screen 

devices)

5.1.3.10 Touch screen 

viewing angle

• Keypad 10.6.2 Design 

Characteristics

Part 4: Keyboard 

requirements 

5.1.3.2 Keyboards

5.1.3.2.1 Layout and 

5.4.3.1.3 Keyboards, 

keypads, keysets, and 
Page 129 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 F1166

10.6.3 Control Devices

10.6.3.3 Keyboard 

(includes keypad)

6.2 Design of keys

6.2.4 Keying feedback

6.2.8 Key legends

6.2.10 Numeric keypad

configuration menu selectors

5.4.3.1.3.3 Keypads

• Software See Software below

• Platen

• Display 10.2 General

10.2.1 Simplicity

10.2.2 Usability 

10.2.6 Feedback 

10.2.7 System Status

10.3 Layout

10.3.2 Location and 

arrangement

10.3.4 Display-Control 

relationships 

10.3.5 Location

10.4 Visual acquisition of 

display 

10.4.1 Display content

10.4.2 Minimal 

information

10.5 Visual Displays 

10.5.2.2 Viewing 

conditions

10.5.2.3 Luminance and 

contrast

10.5.2.4 Spatial metrics

10.5.2.6 Color

Part 3: Visual Display 

Requirements

5 Design requirements 

and recommendations

5.1 Design viewing 

distance

5.2 Line-of-sight angle

5.3 Angle of view

5.4 Character height

5.5 Stroke width

5.6 Character width-toheight ratio 

5.7 Raster modulation 

and fill factor

5.8 Character format

5.9 Character size 

uniformity 

5.10 Between character 

spacing

5.11 Between-word 

spacing 

5.14 Orthogonality

5.15 Display luminance

5.16 Luminance contrast

5.17 Luminance balance

5.18 Glare

5.19 Image polarity 

5.20 Luminance 

uniformity 

5.21 Luminance coding

5.2 Visual displays

5.2.1 Installation of visual 

displays

5.2.2 Display content

5.2.3 Displays – hardware

5.2 Visual Displays

5.2.1 General

5.2.2 Transilluminated 

displays

5.2.3 Scale Indicators

5.2.4 Cathode ray tube 

(CRT) displays

5.2.5 Large-screen 

displays

5.2.6 Other displays

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment 

15.2 Visual information 

presentation 

15.2.1 Guiding 

principles

15.2.2 Visual displays

15.2.4 Use of colour

15.5 Discrete displays

15.5.1 Context of use

15.5.2 Viewing position 

15.5.3 Size of displays 

information

15.5.5 Contrast

15.5.6 Glare and 

reflections

15.5.7 Displayed colour

6 Displays

6.1 Visual displays 

6.2 Location, orientation, 

lighting, and arrangement 

of displays 

6.3 Display illumination

6.4 Display types

8 Integration of controls, 

displays and alarms

8.1 Principles of design

8.2 Grouping relationships 

– principles of arrangement

8.6 Control and display 

movement relationships
Page 130 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 F1166

5.22 Blink coding 

5.23 Temporal 

instability (flicker) 

5.24 Spatial instability 

5.25 Screen image color 

(Part 3) 6 Measurement 

Conditions and 

Conventions

6.1.2 Lighting conditions

6.3 Display luminance 

setting

Camera components:

• Buttons, Knobs, and 

Control Devices

10.6.3 Control devices 

10.6.3.1 Push button

10.6.3.7 Slide switch 

controls

10.6.3.23 Knobs

Part 9: Ergonomics 

requirements for office 

work with Visual Display 

Terminals –

Requirements for nonkeyboard input devices 

6.1.4 Button design

5.1.4 Mechanical 

Controls

5.1.4.1.2 Continuous 

adjustment rotary controls 

(knobs)

5.1.4.2 Linear controls 

(push buttons)

5.4 Controls

5.4.1.2 Direction of 

movement

5.4.2 Rotary controls

5.4.3.1.1 Push button, 

finger- or hand-operated

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.6 Discrete Controls

15.6.3 Preferred physical 

specifications for 

continuous variable 

operation: Rotary (knob)

15.6.8 Preferred physical 

specifications for 

discrete operation: Push 

button

5 Controls

5.1 Principles of control 

design

5.6 Control use and design

5.6.5 Continuous 

adjustment rotary controls 

(knobs)

5.6.7 Pushbuttons

• Visual display 10.2 General

10.2.1 Simplicity

10.2.2 Usability 

10.2.6 Feedback 

10.2.7 System Status

10.3 Layout

10.3.2 Location and 

arrangement

10.3.4 Display-Control 

relationships 

10.3.5 Location

10.4 Visual acquisition of 

display 

Part 3: Visual Display 

Requirements

5 Design requirements 

and recommendations

5.1 Design viewing 

distance

5.2 Line-of-sight angle

5.3 Angle of view

5.4 Character height

5.5 Stroke width

5.6 Character width-toheight ratio 

5.7 Raster modulation 

5.2 Visual displays

5.2.1 Installation of visual 

displays

5.2.2 Display content

5.2.3 Displays – hardware

5.2 Visual Displays

5.2.1 General

5.2.2 Transilluminated 

displays

5.2.3 Scale Indicators

5.2.4 Cathode ray tube 

(CRT) displays

5.2.5 Large-screen 

displays

5.2.6 Other displays

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment 

15.2 Visual information 

presentation 

15.2.1 Guiding 

principles

15.2.2 Visual displays

15.2.4 Use of colour

15.5 Discrete displays

15.5.1 Context of use

15.5.2 Viewing position 

15.5.3 Size of displays 

6 Displays

6.1 Visual displays 

6.2 Location, orientation, 

lighting, and arrangement 

of displays 

6.3 Display illumination

6.4 Display types

8 Integration of controls, 

displays and alarms

8.1 Principles of design

8.2 Grouping relationships 

– principles of arrangement

8.6 Control and display
Page 131 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 F1166

10.4.1 Display content

10.4.2 Minimal 

information

10.5 Visual Displays 

10.5.2.2 Viewing 

conditions

10.5.2.3 Luminance and 

contrast

10.5.2.4 Spatial metrics

10.5.2.6 Color

and fill factor

5.8 Character format

5.9 Character size 

uniformity 

5.10 Between character 

spacing

5.11 Between-word 

spacing 

5.14 Orthogonality

5.15 Display luminance

5.16 Luminance contrast

5.17 Luminance balance

5.18 Glare

5.19 Image polarity 

5.20 Luminance 

uniformity 

5.21 Luminance coding

5.22 Blink coding 

5.23 Temporal 

instability (flicker) 

5.24 Spatial instability 

5.25 Screen image color 

(Part 3) 6 Measurement 

Conditions and 

Conventions

6.1.2 Lighting conditions

6.3 Display luminance 

setting

information

15.5.5 Contrast

15.5.6 Glare and 

reflections

15.5.7 Displayed colour

movement relationships

• Auditory signal or visual 

signal

10.8 Audio Displays

10.8.2 When to use

10.8.3 Selection of signal 

type

10.8.4 General design

10.8.5 Signal design

5.3.1 Audio Displays 

5.3.1.7 Audio displays as 

part of the user interface

5.3.2 Audio signals 

5.3.2.3 Alerting signals

5.3.2.5 Cueing signals

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.3 Auditory 

information presentation 

15.3.1 Valid use of 

auditory signals

15.3.2 Signal audibility 

15.3.3 Signal recognition

13 Human-Computer 

Interface

13.10 Audio displays 

13.10.1 Use

13.10.2 Audio supportive 

function

13.10.3 Signal 

characteristics
Page 132 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 F1166

15.3.4 Gaining attention

15.3.5 Signal 

discrimination

15.3.6 Signal meaning 

15.3.9 Evaluation of 

auditory signals

• On/off switch 10.6.3 Control Devices

10.6.3.6 Rocker switches 

(on/off switch) 

5.1.4.2 Linear controls 

5.1.4.2.1 Discrete 

adjustment linear controls 

e. Rocker switches

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.6 Discrete Controls

15.6.8.4 Rocker switches

5 Controls

5.6 Control Use and 

Design 

5.6.10 Rocker switches

• Software See Software Below

Laptop 10.10 User Interfaces with 

Automated Systems

10.10.1 Introduction

10.10.2 Automation

10.10.3 User Interfaces 

with Mobile Machines

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.4 Human-Computer 

Interaction 

15.4.1 Introduction

15.4.2 HCI Design 

Process

15.4.3 Essential HCI 

Development Activities

15.4.4 Interaction 

Requirements

15.4.5 Computer-Based 

Displays

15.4.6 Computer-Based 

Control

13 Human-Computer 

Interface

13.1 General Design 

Requirements

13.1.1 General Principles

13.1.2 Navigation

13.1.3 Consistency with 

Physical/Manual 

Interfaces

13.1.4 Standard 

Procedures

13.1.5 Computer 

Response

13.1.6 Screen Design and 

Content

13.1.7 Coding

13.1.8 Input Devices

13.1.9 System Status

13.1.10 On-Line Help 

13.2 System Operations

13.2.1 Log-on Procedures

13.2.2 Log-off Procedures

13.2.3 Computer Failure

13.2.4 Interaction

13.3 Computer Displays
Page 133 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 F1166

13.3.1 Design Criteria

13.3.2 Luminance

13.3.3 Contrast Ratio

13.3.4 Refresh Rate

13.3.5 Monochromatic 

Color Combinations

13.3.6 Resolution and 

Display Size

13.3.7 Flat Panel Image 

Formation Time

13.3.8 Flicker

13.3.9 Jitter

13.3.10 Glare

13.4 Display Content

13.4.1 Standardization

13.4.2 Information 

Density

13.8 Textual Data 

Displays

13.8.1 Use

13.8.2 Character Formats

13.8.3 Brevity

13.8.4 Abbreviations and 

Acronyms

13.8.5 Print Layout

13.9 Graphic Displays

13.9.1 Use

13.9.2 Recurring Data

13.9.3 Refresh Rates

13.9.4 Line Format

13.9.5 Trend Lines

13.9.6 Pointing

13.9.7 Distinctive Cursor

13.9.8 Precise Positioning

13.9.9 Selecting Graphic 

Elements

13.9.10 Easy Storage and 
Page 134 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 F1166

Retrieval 

13.9.11 Automatic Data 

Registration

13.9.12 Graphic Formats

13.9.13 Derivation of 

Graphical Data

13.9.14 Drawing Lines

13.9.15 Resizing

13.9.16 Highlighting Data

13.9.17 Reference Index

13.9.18 Annotation of 

Data

13.9.19 Label Orientation

13.9.20 Pictorial Symbols

13.9.21 Display of Scale

13.9.22 Grids

13.9.23 Graphic 

Comparison

13.9.24 Bar Graphs

13.9.25 Maps

13.9.26 Mimics

13.27 Input Devices

13.27.1 Input Devices

13.27.2 Keyboard Use

13.27.3 Fixed Function 

Keys

13.27.4 Variable Action

13.27.5 Touchscreen Use

13.27.6 Pointing Devices

13.27.7 Joysticks

13.27.8 Thumb Tip and 

Fingertip-Operated 

Displacement Joysticks

13.27.9 Trackball

13.27.10 Grid and Stylus 

Devices

13.27.11 Mouse Use
Page 135 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 F1166

13.27.12 Light Pen

13.27.13 Speech 

Recognition Use

13.27.14 Input Device 

Interchangeability/

Redundancy

Software Applications 10.5.2.9 Software Elements

10.5.2.9.1 Scrolling

10.5.2.9.2 Navigation

10.5.2.9.3 Selection

10.5.2.9.4 Menus

10.5.2.9.5 Toolbars & 

Status Bars

10.5.2.9.6 Dialog Boxes

10.5.3 Display 

Interpretation

10.5.4 Display 

Technologies

10.5.5 Related Display 

Standards

10.10 User Interfaces with 

Automated Systems

10.10.1 Introduction

10.10.2 Automation

10.10.3 User Interfaces 

with Mobile Machines

Part 151: Guidance on

World Wide Web user 

interfaces

6 High level design 

decisions and design 

strategy

6.2 Determining purpose 

of a Web application

6.3 Analyzing the target 

user groups

6.4 Analyzing the users' 

goals and tasks

6.5 Matching application 

purpose and user goals

6.6 Recognizing the 

purpose of a Web 

application

6.7 Prioritizing different 

design goals

6.8 ICT accessibility

6.9 Software 

accessibility

6.10 Web content 

accessibility

6.11 Identifying the 

website and its owner

6.12 Coherent multi-site 

strategy

(Part 151) 7 Content 

design

7.1 Conceptual content 

5.1.2.1.4 Feedback c. 

Computer response

5.1.2.1.5 Error 

management

a. Error Correction

b. Early detection

c. Internal software 

checks

d. Critical entries

e. Error message content

f. Error recovery and 

process change 

g. Diagnostic information 

h. Correction entry and 

confirmation 

i. Spelling errors

5.1.3.5.2 Menu Selection

5.1.3.5.3 Form Filling

5.1.3.5.7 Query Language

5.2.2.5 Graphic and 

Representational displays

5.2.2.5.1 Graphical user 

interfaces

5.2.2.7 Help 

5.2.2.7.3 Online Help 

5.2.2.7.4 Browsing Help 

5.2.2.7.8 Prompts

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.4 Human-Computer 

Interaction 

15.4.1 Introduction

15.4.2 HCI Design 

Process

15.4.3 Essential HCI 

Development Activities

15.4.4 Interaction 

Requirements

15.4.5 Computer-Based 

Displays

15.4.6 Computer-Based 

Control

13 Human-Computer 

Interface

13.1 General Design 

Requirements 

13.1.1 General Principles

13.1.2 Navigation

13.1.3 Consistency with 

Physical/Manual 

Interfaces

13.1.4 Standard 

Procedures

13.1.5 Computer 

Response

13.1.6 Screen Design and 

Content

13.1.7 Coding

13.1.8 Input Devices

13.1.9 System Status

13.1.10 On-Line Help

13.2 System Operations 

13.2.1 Log-on Procedures

13.2.2 Log-off Procedures

13.2.3 Computer Failure

13.2.4 Interaction

13.11 Data Entry

13.11.1 General 

Requirements

13.11.2 User pacing

13.11.3 Positive Feedback

13.11.4 Processing 

Display
Page 136 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 F1166

model

7.2 Content Objects and 

functionality

(Part 151) 8 Navigation 

and search

8.1 general

8.2 General guidance on 

navigation

8.3 Navigation structure

8.4 Navigation 

components

8.5 Search

(Part 151) 9 Content 

Presentation

9.1 General

9.2 Observing principles 

of human perception

9.3 Page design issues

9.4 Link design

9.5 Interaction objects

9.6 Text design

(Part 151) 10 General 

design aspects

10.1 Designing for 

cultural diversity and 

multilingual use

10.2 Providing Help

10.3 Making Web user 

interfaces error-tolerant

10.4 URL names

10.5 Acceptable 

download times

10.6 Using generally 

accepted technologies 

and standards

10.7 Supporting 

common technologies

13.11.5 Explicit Action

13.11.6 Validation

13.11.7 Available Data

13.11.8 Input Units

13.11.9 Buffer

13.11.10 Presentation 

Mode

13.11.11 Display Window

13.11.12 Data Deletion

13.11.13 Data Change

13.11.14 Single Data 

Entry Method

13.11.15 Data Entry 

Display

13.11.16 Data Editing

13.11.17 String Search

13.11.18 Automatic Line 

Break

13.11.19 Format Control

13.11.20 Frequently Used 

Text

13.11.21 Control 

Annotations

13.11.22 Printing Options

13.11.23 Text Length

13.11.24 Justification

13.11.25 Minimization of 

Keying

13.13 Graphic Controls

13.13.1 Use

13.13.2 Iconic Menus

13.13.3 Supplemental 

Verbal Labels

13.13.4 Icon Controls

13.13.5 Palettes

13.13.6 Push-buttons

13.13.7 Radio Buttons
Page 137 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 F1166

10.8 Making Web user 

interfaces robust

10.9 Designing for input 

device independence

10.10 Making the user 

interface of embedded 

objects usable and 

accessible

13.13.8 Check Boxes

13.13.9 Sliders

13.14 Windows

13.14.1 Use

13.14.2 Primary and 

Secondary Windows

13.14.3 Window Location

13.14.4 Multiple 

Windows

13.14.5 Window 

Navigation

13.14.6 Window Shifting

13.14.7 Window 

Organization

13.14.8 Title Bar

13.14.9 Status Bar

13.14.10 Tool Bars

13.14.11 Control 

Consistency

13.14.12 Active Windows

13.14.13 Moving 

Windows

13.14.14 Window Sizing

13.14.15 Scrolling

13.14.16 Zooming

13.14.17 Window Menus

13.14.18 Window 

Toolbars

13.14.19 Message 

Windows

13.15 Menus

13.15.1 Use

13.15.2 Item Selection

13.15.3 Titles

13.15.4 Series Entry

13.15.5 Sequences

13.15.6 Active Option 
Page 138 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 F1166

Presentation

13.15.7 Format 

Consistency

13.15.8 Option Sequence

13.15.9 Simple Menus

13.15.10 Option 

Presentation

13.15.11 Direct Function 

Call

13.15.12 Consistency with 

Command Language

13.15.13 Option Coding

13.15.14 Keyed Codes

13.15.15 Position in 

Structure

13.15.16 Back Menu

13.15.17 Return to Top 

Level

13.16 Forms

13.16.1 Use

13.16.2 Grouping

13.16.3 Format/Content 

Consistency

13.16.4 Distinctive Fields

13.16.5 Omissions

13.16.6 Protected Areas

13.16.7 Flexible Data 

Entry

13.16.8 Logical Order

13.16.9 Control Entry

13.16.10 Message Forms

13.18 Language

13.18.1 Command 

Language

13.18.2 Punctuation

13.18.3 Command Entry

13.18.4 Display Location
Page 139 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 F1166

13.18.5 Command 

Prompts

13.18.6 Complexity

13.18.7 Macro Command

13.18.8 Standard 

Command Editing

13.18.9 Destructive 

Commands

13.18.10 Questions and 

Answers

13.18.11 Query Language

13.19 Feedback

13.19.1 Use

13.19.2 Standby

13.19.3 Process Outcome

13.19.4 Input 

Configuration

13.19.5 Current Modes

13.19.6 Highlighted 

Selection

13.19.7 Input Rejection

13.19.8 Feedback 

Messages

13.19.9 Time Delay 

Warning

13.20 Prompts

13.20.1 Use

13.20.2 Standard Display

13.20.3 Explicit Prompts

13.20.4 Prompt Clarity

13.20.5 Definitions

13.20.6 Consistent 

Technology 

13.20.7 Confirmation

13.21 Defaults

13.21.1 Use

13.21.2 User Selection
Page 140 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 F1166

13.21.3 Default 

Substitution

13.21.4 Sequential 

Defaults

13.22 Error 

Management/Data 

Protection

13.22.1 Error Correction

13.22.2 Error Detection

13.22.3 Internal Software 

Checks13.22.4 Critical 

Entries

13.22.5 Error Message 

Content

13.22.6 Error Recovery

13.22.7 Diagnostic 

Information

13.22.8 Entry Correction 

and Confirmation

13.22.9 Spelling Errors

13.22.10 Errors in 

Stacked Commands 

(stacked sequences)

13.22.11 Display of 

Erroneous Entries

13.22.12 File 

Management

13.23 Data Security

13.23.1 General

13.23.2 Automated 

Measures

13.23.3 Segregating 

Real/Simulated Data

13.23.4 Security 

Classification Display

13.23.5 User 

Identification
Page 141 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 F1166

13.24 Help

13.24.1 General

13.24.2 Help Request

13.24.3 Help Content

13.24.4 Multi-Level 

HELP

13.24.5 Browse/Help

13.24.6 Help Access

13.24.7 Appropriate Help

13.25 Software

13.25.1 General

13.25.2 Information and 

System Response

13.25.3 Compute Failure

13.25.4 Task Complexity

13.25.5 Interaction

13.26 Data Transmission/ 

Messaging

13.26.1 Functional 

Integration

13.26.2 Consistent 

Procedures

13.26.3 Message Formats

13.26.4 Interruption

13.26.5 Incorporate 

Existing Files

13.26.6 User Initiation

13.26.7 Transmission 

Notification

13.26.8 Address Entry 

Prompt

13.26.9 Incoming 

Message Control

13.26.10 Data 

Presentation

Iris Scanner

• Scanner lens
Page 142 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 F1166

• Visual Display 10.2 General

10.2.1 Simplicity

10.2.2 Usability 

10.2.6 Feedback 

10.2.7 System Status

10.3 Layout

10.3.2 Location and 

arrangement

10.3.4 Display-Control 

relationships 

10.3.5 Location

10.4 Visual acquisition of 

display 

10.4.1 Display content

10.4.2 Minimal 

information

10.5 Visual Displays 

10.5.2.2 Viewing 

conditions

10.5.2.3 Luminance and 

contrast

10.5.2.4 Spatial metrics

10.5.2.6 Color

Part 3: Visual Display 

Requirements

5 Design requirements 

and recommendations

5.1 Design viewing 

distance

5.2 Line-of-sight angle

5.3 Angle of view

5.4 Character height

5.5 Stroke width

5.6 Character width-toheight ratio 

5.7 Raster modulation 

and fill factor

5.8 Character format

5.9 Character size 

uniformity 

5.10 Between character 

spacing

5.11 Between-word 

spacing 

5.14 Orthogonality

5.15 Display luminance

5.16 Luminance contrast

5.17 Luminance balance

5.18 Glare

5.19 Image polarity 

5.20 Luminance 

uniformity 

5.21 Luminance coding

5.22 Blink coding 

5.23 Temporal 

instability (flicker) 

5.24 Spatial instability 

5.25 Screen image color 

(Part 3) 6 Measurement 

Conditions and 

5.2 Visual displays

5.2.1 Installation of visual 

displays

5.2.2 Display content

5.2.3 Displays – hardware

5.2 Visual Displays

5.2.1 General

5.2.2 Transilluminated 

displays

5.2.3 Scale Indicators

5.2.4 Cathode ray tube 

(CRT) displays

5.2.5 Large-screen 

displays

5.2.6 Other displays

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment 

15.2 Visual information 

presentation 

15.2.1 Guiding 

principles

15.2.2 Visual displays

15.2.4 Use of colour

15.5 Discrete displays

15.5.1 Context of use

15.5.2 Viewing position 

15.5.3 Size of displays 

information

15.5.5 Contrast

15.5.6 Glare and 

reflections

15.5.7 Displayed colour

6 Displays

6.1 Visual displays 

6.2 Location, orientation, 

lighting, and arrangement 

of displays 

6.3 Display illumination

6.4 Display types

8 Integration of controls, 

displays and alarms

8.1 Principles of design

8.2 Grouping relationships 

– principles of arrangement

8.6 Control and display 

movement relationships
Page 143 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 F1166

Conventions

6.1.2 Lighting conditions

6.3 Display luminance 

setting

• Software 10.5.2.9 Software Elements

10.5.2.9.1 Scrolling

10.5.2.9.2 Navigation

10.5.2.9.3 Selection

10.5.2.9.4 Menus

10.5.2.9.5 Toolbars & 

Status Bars

10.5.2.9.6 Dialog Boxes

10.5.3 Display 

Interpretation

10.5.4 Display 

Technologies

10.5.5 Related Display 

Standards

10.10 User Interfaces with 

Automated Systems

10.10.1 Introduction

10.10.2 Automation

10.10.3 User Interfaces 

with Mobile Machines

Part 151: Guidance on 

World Wide Web user 

interfaces

6 High level design 

decisions and design 

strategy

6.2 Determining purpose 

of a Web application

6.3 Analyzing the target 

user groups

6.4 Analyzing the users' 

goals and tasks

6.5 Matching application 

purpose and user goals

6.6 Recognizing the 

purpose of a Web 

application

6.7 Prioritizing different 

design goals

6.8 ICT accessibility

6.9 Software 

accessibility

6.10 Web content 

accessibility

6.11 Identifying the 

website and its owner

6.12 Coherent multi-site 

strategy

(Part 151) 7 Content

design

7.1 Conceptual content 

model

7.2 Content Objects and 

5.1.2.1.4 Feedback c. 

Computer response

5.1.2.1.5 Error 

management

a. Error Correction

b. Early detection

c. Internal software 

checks

d. Critical entries

e. Error message content

f. Error recovery and 

process change 

g. Diagnostic information 

h. Correction entry and 

confirmation 

i. Spelling errors

5.1.3.5.2 Menu Selection

5.1.3.5.3 Form Filling

5.1.3.5.7 Query Language

5.2.2.5 Graphic and 

Representational displays

5.2.2.5.1 Graphical user 

interfaces

5.2.2.7 Help 

5.2.2.7.3 Online Help 

5.2.2.7.4 Browsing Help 

5.2.2.7.8 Prompts

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.4 Human-Computer 

Interaction 

15.4.1 Introduction

15.4.2 HCI Design 

Process

15.4.3 Essential HCI 

Development Activities

15.4.4 Interaction 

Requirements

15.4.5 Computer-Based 

Displays

15.4.6 Computer-Based 

Control

13 Human-Computer 

Interface

13.1 General Design 

Requirements 

13.1.1 General Principles

13.1.2 Navigation

13.1.3 Consistency with 

Physical/Manual 

Interfaces

13.1.4 Standard 

Procedures

13.1.5 Computer 

Response

13.1.6 Screen Design and 

Content

13.1.7 Coding

13.1.8 Input Devices

13.1.9 System Status

13.1.10 On-Line Help

13.2 System Operations 

13.2.1 Log-on Procedures

13.2.2 Log-off Procedures

13.2.3 Computer Failure

13.2.4 Interaction

13.11 Data Entry

13.11.1 General 

Requirements

13.11.2 User pacing

13.11.3 Positive Feedback

13.11.4 Processing 

Display

13.11.5 Explicit Action

13.11.6 Validation
Page 144 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 F1166

functionality

(Part 151) 8 Navigation 

and search

8.1 general

8.2 General guidance on 

navigation

8.3 Navigation structure

8.4 Navigation 

components

8.5 Search

(Part 151) 9 Content 

Presentation

9.1 General

9.2 Observing principles 

of human perception

9.3 Page design issues

9.4 Link design

9.5 Interaction objects

9.6 Text design

(Part 151) 10 General 

design aspects

10.1 Designing for 

cultural diversity and 

multilingual use

10.2 Providing Help

10.3 Making Web user 

interfaces error-tolerant

10.4 URL names

10.5 Acceptable 

download times

10.6 Using generally 

accepted technologies 

and standards

10.7 Supporting 

common technologies

10.8 Making Web user 

interfaces robust

13.11.7 Available Data

13.11.8 Input Units

13.11.9 Buffer

13.11.10 Presentation 

Mode

13.11.11 Display Window

13.11.12 Data Deletion

13.11.13 Data Change

13.11.14 Single Data 

Entry Method

13.11.15 Data Entry 

Display

13.11.16 Data Editing

13.11.17 String Search

13.11.18 Automatic Line 

Break

13.11.19 Format Control

13.11.20 Frequently Used 

Text

13.11.21 Control 

Annotations

13.11.22 Printing Options

13.11.23 Text Length

13.11.24 Justification

13.11.25 Minimization of 

Keying

13.13 Graphic Controls

13.13.1 Use

13.13.2 Iconic Menus

13.13.3 Supplemental 

Verbal Labels

13.13.4 Icon Controls

13.13.5 Palettes

13.13.6 Push-buttons

13.13.7 Radio Buttons

13.13.8 Check Boxes

13.13.9 Sliders
Page 145 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 F1166

10.9 Designing for input 

device independence

10.10 Making the user 

interface of embedded 

objects usable and 

accessible

13.14 Windows

13.15 Menus

13.15.1 Use

13.15.2 Item Selection

13.15.3 Titles

13.15.4 Series Entry

13.15.5 Sequences

13.15.6 Active Option 

Presentation

13.15.7 Format 

Consistency

13.15.8 Option Sequence

13.15.9 Simple Menus

13.15.10 Option 

Presentation

13.15.11 Direct Function 

Call

13.15.12 Consistency with 

Command Language

13.15.13 Option Coding

13.15.14 Keyed Codes

13.15.15 Position in 

Structure

13.15.16 Back Menu

13.15.17 Return to Top 

Level

13.16 Forms

13.16.1 Use

13.16.2 Grouping

13.16.3 Format/Content 

Consistency

13.16.4 Distinctive Fields

13.16.5 Omissions

13.16.6 Protected Areas

13.16.7 Flexible Data 

Entry

13.16.8 Logical Order
Page 146 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 F1166

13.16.9 Control Entry

13.16.10 Message Forms

13.18 Language

13.18.1 Command 

Language

13.18.2 Punctuation

13.18.3 Command Entry

13.18.4 Display Location

13.18.5 Command 

Prompts

13.18.6 Complexity

13.18.7 Macro Command

13.18.8 Standard 

Command Editing

13.18.9 Destructive 

Commands

13.18.10 Questions and 

Answers

13.18.11 Query Language

13.19 Feedback

13.19.1 Use

13.19.2 Standby

13.19.3 Process Outcome

13.19.4 Input 

Configuration

13.19.5 Current Modes

13.19.6 Highlighted 

Selection

13.19.7 Input Rejection

13.19.8 Feedback 

Messages

13.19.9 Time Delay 

Warning

13.20 Prompts

13.20.1 Use

13.20.2 Standard Display

13.20.3 Explicit Prompts
Page 147 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 F1166

13.20.4 Prompt Clarity

13.20.5 Definitions

13.20.6 Consistent 

Technology 

13.20.7 Confirmation

13.21 Defaults

13.21.1 Use

13.21.2 User Selection

13.21.3 Default 

Substitution

13.21.4 Sequential 

Defaults

13.22 Error 

Management/Data 

Protection

13.22.1 Error Correction

13.22.2 Error Detection

13.22.3 Internal Software 

Checks13.22.4 Critical 

Entries

13.22.5 Error Message 

Content

13.22.6 Error Recovery

13.22.7 Diagnostic 

Information

13.22.8 Entry Correction 

and Confirmation

13.22.9 Spelling Errors

13.22.10 Errors in 

Stacked Commands 

(stacked sequences)

13.22.11 Display of 

Erroneous Entries

13.22.12 File 

Management

13.23 Data Security

13.23.1 General
Page 148 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 F1166

13.23.2 Automated 

Measures

13.23.3 Segregating 

Real/Simulated Data

13.23.4 Security 

Classification Display

13.23.5 User 

Identification

13.24 Help

13.24.1 General

13.24.2 Help Request

13.24.3 Help Content

13.24.4 Multi-Level 

HELP

13.24.5 Browse/Help

13.24.6 Help Access

13.24.7 Appropriate Help

13.25 Software

13.25.1 General

13.25.2 Information and 

System Response

13.25.3 Compute Failure

13.25.4 Task Complexity

13.25.5 Interaction

13.26 Data Transmission/ 

Messaging

13.26.1 Functional 

Integration

13.26.2 Consistent 

Procedures

13.26.3 Message Formats

13.26.4 Interruption

13.26.5 Incorporate 

Existing Files

13.26.6 User Initiation

13.26.7 Transmission 

Notification
Page 149 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 F1166

13.26.8 Address Entry 

Prompt

13.26.9 Incoming 

Message Control

13.26.10 Data Presentation

• Keyboard Part 4: Keyboard 

requirements

6 Design requirements 

and recommendations

6.1 General Design of 

the Keyboard

6.2 Design of Keys

(Part 4) 7 Measurement 

7.1 General

7.2 General Design of 

the Keyboard

7.3 Design of Keys

5.1.3 Computer controls

5.1.3.2 Keyboards

5.1.3.3 Mouse/ 

trackballs/joysticks

5.1.3.4 Data entry

5.4.3.1.3. Keyboards, 

keypads, keysets, and 

menu selectors

5.4.3.1.3.1 Use

5.4.3.1.3.2 Keyboards

5.4.3.1.3.2.1 Mounting

5.4.3.1.3.2.2 Function 

control

5.4.3.1.3.3 Keypads

5.4.3.1.3.3.1 Mounting

5.4.3.1.3.3.2 Actuating 

force

5.4.3.1.3.3.3 Function 

control

5.4.3.1.3.4 Dedicated 

keysets

5.4.3.1.3.5 Multi-function 

(programmable) keysets

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.6 Discrete Controls

15.6.9.1 Keyboards/ 

Membrane Keys

15.6.9.2 Keypads

15.6.12.2 Mouse

13 Human-Computer 

Interface

13.27 Input Devices

13.27.2 Keyboard Use

13.27.11 Mouse Use

13.27.14 Input Device 

Interchangeability/ 

Redundancy

• Workstation See workstation above
Page 150 3/2013

B.6: FEMA

Location: Disaster site or search and rescue location

Employees: 7,474 across the U.S. at Headquarters, 10 regional offices, the National Emergency Training Center, and 

the Center for Domestic Preparedness 

Approximately 5,000 individuals (mostly firemen) who become temporary federal employees during a disaster

Disaster Coordination, Support and Logistics Division 

Mobile Emergency Response Service

Government field office setup at a disaster sites (JFOs)

Equipment:

• Satellite phone

• Blackberry/smartphone

• Computer/Laptop

• Tablet

• GPS device

FEMA Security Division

Provides security for joint field offices (JFOs) and manage disaster assistance employees (DAE)

DAE employees: approximately 100 

Devices: 

• Fingerprint capture device

• Laptop

• Blackberry/smartphone

• Satellite phone

• Communications radio

• Camera
Page 151 3/2013

• Alarm system kit (includes sensors, alarm panels, etc.)

Table 8: FEMA Devices and Related Standards

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

Fingerprint Scanner & 

components: 

5.1.3.1.9 Parallax and 

glare (touch screen 

devices)

5.1.3.10 Touch screen 

viewing angle

• Platen

• Software See Software above

• Keypad 10.6.2 Design 

Characteristics

10.6.3 Control Devices

10.6.3.3 Keyboard 

(includes keypad)

Part 4: Keyboard 

requirements 

6.2 Design of keys

6.2.4 Keying feedback

6.2.8 Key legends

6.2.10 Numeric keypad

5.1.3.2 Keyboards

5.1.3.2.1 Layout and 

configuration 

5.4.3.1.3 Keyboards, 

keypads, keysets, and 

menu selectors

5.4.3.1.3.3 Keypads

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.6.9 Preferred Physical 

Specifications for Data 

Entry: Keyed

15.6.9.1 Keyboards/

Membrane keys

15.6.9.2 Keypads

• Display 10.2 General

10.2.1 Simplicity

10.2.2 Usability 

10.2.6 Feedback 

10.2.7 System Status

10.3 Layout

10.3.2 Location and 

arrangement

10.3.4 Display-Control 

relationships 

10.3.5 Location

Part 3: Visual Display 

Requirements

5 Design requirements 

and recommendations

5.1 Design viewing 

distance

5.2 Line-of-sight angle

5.3 Angle of view

5.4 Character height

5.5 Stroke width

5.6 Character width-to5.2 Visual displays

5.2.1 Installation of 

visual displays

5.2.2 Display content

5.2.3 Displays –

hardware

5.2 Visual Displays

5.2.1 General

5.2.2 Transilluminated 

displays

5.2.3 Scale Indicators

5.2.4 Cathode ray tube 

(CRT) displays

5.2.5 Large-screen 

displays

5.2.6 Other displays

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment 

15.2 Visual information 

presentation 

15.2.1 Guiding 

principles

15.2.2 Visual displays

15.2.4 Use of colour

15.5 Discrete displays

15.5.1 Context of use

6. Displays

6.1 Visual displays 

6.2 Location, orientation, 

lighting, and arrangement 

of displays 

6.3 Display illumination

6.4 Display types

8. Integration of controls, 

displays and alarms

8.1 Principles of design

8.2 Grouping relationships 
Page 152 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

10.4 Visual acquisition of 

display 

10.4.1 Display content

10.4.2 Minimal 

information

10.5 Visual Displays 

10.5.2.2 Viewing 

conditions

10.5.2.3 Luminance and 

contrast

10.5.2.4 Spatial metrics

10.5.2.6 Color

height ratio 

5.7 Raster modulation 

and fill factor

5.8 Character format

5.9 Character size 

uniformity 

5.10 Between character 

spacing

5.11 Between-word 

spacing 

5.14 Orthogonality

5.15 Display luminance

5.16 Luminance contrast

5.17 Luminance balance

5.18 Glare

5.19 Image polarity 

5.20 Luminance 

uniformity 

5.21 Luminance coding

5.22 Blink coding 

5.23 Temporal 

instability (flicker) 

5.24 Spatial instability 

5.25 Screen image color

(Part 3) 6 Measurement 

Conditions and 

Conventions

6.1.2 Lighting conditions

6.3 Display luminance 

setting

15.5.2 Viewing position 

15.5.3 Size of displays 

information

15.5.5 Contrast

15.5.6 Glare and 

reflections

15.5.7 Displayed colour

– principles of 

arrangement

8.6 Control and display 

movement relationships

Alarm Kits

• Master control panel

• Key pad 10.6.2 Design 

Characteristics

Part 4 Keyboard 

requirements 

5.1.3.2 Keyboards

5.1.3.2.1 Layout and 

5.4.3.1.3 Keyboards, 

keypads, keysets, and 

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 
Page 153 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

10.6.3 Control Devices

10.6.3.3 Keyboard 

(includes keypad)

6.2 Design of keys

6.2.4 Keying feedback

6.2.8 Key legends

6.2.10 Numeric keypad

configuration menu selectors

5.4.3.1.3.3 Keypads

Work Equipment

15.6.9 Preferred Physical 

Specifications for Data 

Entry: Keyed

15.6.9.1 Keyboards/

Membrane keys

15.6.9.2 Keypads

• Motion detectors

• Sensors

• Auditory alarms 10.8 Audio Displays

10.8.3 Selection of signal 

type 

10.8.5 Signal design

10.8.8 Auditory alarms

5.3.1.2 Audio signals

5.3.1.2.1 Warning 

signals

5.3.1.2.2 Caution signals

5.3.1.2.3 Alerting 

signals

5.3.1.2.5 Prioritization

5.3.1.3 Characteristics 

of warning signals

5.3.1.3.1 Warning 

recognition time

5.3.1.3.2 Control of 

warning signals

5.3.1.3.3 Frequency

5.3.1.4 Signal 

characteristics in 

relation to operational 

conditions and 

objectives

5.3.1.4.1 Audibility 

5.3.1.4.2 Alerting

capacity

5.3.1.4.3 

Discriminability

5.3.1.4.5 Masking

5.3.2 Audio signals

5.3.2.1 Warning signals

5.3.2.2 Caution signals

5.2.3.3 Alerting signals

5.2.3.4 Advisory signals

5.2.3.5 Cueing signals

5.2.3.6 Prioritization 

5.3.3 Characteristics of 

audio warning signals 

5.3.3.1 Characteristics of 

audio warning signals 

5.3.3.2 Control of 

warning signals

5.3.3.3 Compatibility 

with existing signal codes

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.3 Auditory 

Information Presentation

15.3.2 Signal audibility 

15.3.3 Signal recognition

15.3.4 Gaining attention

15.3.5 Signal 

discrimination

15.3.6 Signal meaning

15.3.7. Requirements 

for specific auditory 

signals

15.7 Alarms, Warning 

and Cautions

15.7.2 System design 

issues

15.7.3 Alarm displays

15.7.4 Alarm system 

design process

7. Alarms 

7.1 General alarm 

requirements 

7.1.3 Types of alarms

7.1.4 Alarm response 

requirement 

7.1.5 Alarm 

acknowledge 

requirement

7.1.6 Alarm rates

7.1.7 Set points

7.1.8 False alarms

7.1.9 Simultaneous 

alarms

7.1.10 Alarm priorities

7.3 Audible alarms

7.3.1 Audible alarms for 

emergency response

7.3.2 Content

7.3.3 Sound character

7.3.4 Number of distinct 

tones for alarms

7.3.6 Signal audio 

signal

7.3.7 Differing signals
Page 154 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

7.3.8 Selection of 

sounds

• Visual alarms 5.7.3 Visual displays

5.7.3.2 Warning/ caution

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.7.3 Alarm displays 

15.7.3.1 Display 

modalities

15.7.3.2 System design

15.7.3.3 Design 

recommendations

15.6.3.4 Factors 

affecting detection

15.6.3.5 Flashing and 

apparent motion

15.7.4 Alarms system 

design process

7. Alarms

7.2 Visual Alarms

7.2.1 Types of alarms

7.2.2 Flash rate

7.2.3 Alarms and 

normal operations

7.2.4 Priority coding

7.2.5 Flasher failure

7.2.6 Contrast detection

7.2.7 Text visibility and 

legibility 

7.2.8 Text wording

7.2.9 Color coding

7.2.10 Visual/auditory 

alarms 

7.2.11 Visual alarm 

panels

7.2.12 Supplemental 

alarm information 

• Software See software above

Satellite phones 10.10.3 User Interfaces 

with Mobile Machines

Smart phones 10.10.3 User Interfaces 

with Mobile Machines

Laptop 10.10 User Interfaces 

with Automated Systems

10.10.1 Introduction

10.10.2 Automation

10.10.3 User Interfaces 

with Mobile Machines

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.4 Human-Computer 

Interaction 

15.4.1 Introduction

15.4.2 HCI Design 

Process

15.4.3 Essential HCI 

13 Human-Computer 

Interface

13.1 General Design 

Requirements

13.1.1 General Principles

13.1.2 Navigation

13.1.3 Consistency with 

Physical/Manual 

Interfaces
Page 155 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

Development Activities

15.4.4 Interaction 

Requirements

15.4.5 Computer-Based 

Displays

15.4.6 Computer-Based 

Control

13.1.4 Standard 

Procedures

13.1.5 Computer 

Response

13.1.6 Screen Design and 

Content

13.1.7 Coding

13.1.8 Input Devices

13.1.9 System Status

13.1.10 On-Line Help 

13.2 System Operations

13.2.1 Log-on Procedures

13.2.2 Log-off Procedures

13.2.3 Computer Failure

13.2.4 Interaction

13.3 Computer Displays

13.3.1 Design Criteria

13.3.2 Luminance

13.3.3 Contrast Ratio

13.3.4 Refresh Rate

13.3.5 Monochromatic 

Color Combinations

13.3.6 Resolution and 

Display Size

13.3.7 Flat Panel Image 

Formation Time

13.3.8 Flicker

13.3.9 Jitter

13.3.10 Glare

13.4 Display Content

13.4.1 Standardization

13.4.2 Information 

Density

13.8 Textual Data Displays

13.8.1 Use

13.8.2 Character Formats

13.8.3 Brevity
Page 156 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

13.8.4 Abbreviations and 

Acronyms

13.8.5 Print Layout

13.9 Graphic Displays

13.9.1 Use

13.9.2 Recurring Data

13.9.3 Refresh Rates

13.9.4 Line Format

13.9.5 Trend Lines

13.9.6 Pointing

13.9.7 Distinctive Cursor

13.9.8 Precise Positioning

13.9.9 Selecting Graphic 

Elements

13.9.10 Easy Storage and 

Retrieval 

13.9.11 Automatic Data 

Registration

13.9.12 Graphic Formats

13.9.13 Derivation of 

Graphical Data

13.9.14 Drawing Lines

13.9.15 Resizing

13.9.16 Highlighting Data

13.9.17 Reference Index

13.9.18 Annotation of 

Data

13.9.19 Label Orientation

13.9.20 Pictorial Symbols

13.9.21 Display of Scale

13.9.22 Grids

13.9.23 Graphic 

Comparison

13.9.24 Bar Graphs

13.9.25 Maps

13.9.26 Mimics

13.27 Input Devices
Page 157 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

13.27.1 Input Devices

13.27.2 Keyboard Use

13.27.3 Fixed Function 

Keys

13.27.4 Variable Action

13.27.5 Touchscreen Use

13.27.6 Pointing Devices

13.27.7 Joysticks

13.27.8 Thumb Tip and 

Fingertip-Operated 

Displacement Joysticks

13.27.9 Trackball

13.27.10 Grid and Stylus 

Devices

13.27.11 Mouse Use

13.27.12 Light Pen

13.27.13 Speech 

Recognition Use

13.27.14 Input Device 

Interchangeability/

Redundancy

GPS 10.10.3 User Interfaces 

with Mobile Machines

• Visual Display 10.2 General

10.2.1 Simplicity

10.2.2 Usability 

10.2.6 Feedback 

10.2.7 System Status

10.3 Layout

10.3.2 Location and 

arrangement

10.3.4 Display-Control 

relationships 

10.3.5 Location

10.4 Visual acquisition of 

display 

Part 3: Visual Display 

Requirements

5 Design requirements 

and recommendations

5.1 Design viewing 

distance

5.2 Line-of-sight angle

5.3 Angle of view

5.4 Character height

5.5 Stroke width

5.6 Character width-toheight ratio 

5.7 Raster modulation 

5.2 Visual displays

5.2.1 Installation of 

visual displays

5.2.2 Display content

5.2.3 Displays –

hardware

5.2 Visual Displays

5.2.1 General

5.2.2 Transilluminated 

displays

5.2.3 Scale Indicators

5.2.4 Cathode ray tube 

(CRT) displays

5.2.5 Large-screen 

displays

5.2.6 Other displays

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment 

15.2 Visual information 

presentation 

15.2.1 Guiding 

principles

15.2.2 Visual displays

15.2.4 Use of colour

15.5 Discrete displays

15.5.1 Context of use

15.5.2 Viewing position 

15.5.3 Size of displays 

6 Displays

6.1 Visual displays 

6.2 Location, orientation, 

lighting, and arrangement 

of displays 

6.3 Display illumination

6.4 Display types

8 Integration of controls, 

displays and alarms

8.1 Principles of design

8.2 Grouping relationships 

– principles of 

arrangement
Page 158 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

10.4.1 Display content

10.4.2 Minimal

information

10.5 Visual Displays 

10.5.2.2 Viewing 

conditions

10.5.2.3 Luminance and 

contrast

10.5.2.4 Spatial metrics

10.5.2.6 Color

and fill factor

5.8 Character format

5.9 Character size 

uniformity 

5.10 Between character 

spacing

5.11 Between-word 

spacing 

5.14 Orthogonality

5.15 Display luminance

5.16 Luminance contrast

5.17 Luminance balance

5.18 Glare

5.19 Image polarity 

5.20 Luminance 

uniformity 

5.21 Luminance coding

5.22 Blink coding 

5.23 Temporal 

instability (flicker) 

5.24 Spatial instability 

5.25 Screen image color 

(Part 3) 6 Measurement 

Conditions and 

Conventions

6.1.2 Lighting conditions

6.3 Display luminance 

setting

information

15.5.5 Contrast

15.5.6 Glare and 

reflections

15.5.7 Displayed colour

8.6 Control and display 

movement relationships

• Speakers

• Software See software above

• Key pads on some 

models

10.6.2 Design 

Characteristics

10.6.3 Control Devices

10.6.3.3 Keyboard 

(includes keypad)

Part 4 Keyboard 

requirements 

6.2 Design of keys

6.2.4 Keying feedback

6.2.8 Key legends

6.2.10 Numeric keypad

5.1.3.2 Keyboards

5.1.3.2.1 Layout and 

configuration 

5.4.3.1.3 Keyboards, 

keypads, keysets, and 

menu selectors

5.4.3.1.3.3 Keypads

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.6.9 Preferred Physical 

Specifications for Data 

Entry: Keyed
Page 159 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

15.6.9.1 Keyboards/

Membrane keys

15.6.9.2 Keypads

Workstations 8.7.3.4 Fixtures for 

lighting tasks

8.7.5 Glare

Part 4: Keyboard 

Requirements

6 Design Requirements 

and Recommendations

6.1 General Design of 

the Keyboard

6.2 Design of Keys

(Part 4) 7 Measurement 

7.1 General

7.2 General Design of 

the Keyboard

7.3 Design of Keys

Part 5: Ergonomic 

requirements for office 

work with visual display 

terminals – Workstation 

Layout and Postural 

Requirements

4 Guiding Principles

4.1 General

4.2 Versatility and 

Flexibility 

4.3 Fit

4.4 Postural Change

4.5 User Information 

4.6 MaintainabilityAdaptability 

(Part 5) 5 Design 

Requirements and 

Recommendations

5.1 General

5.2 Postures

5.3 Ease of Adjustment

5.4 Support Surfaces

5.1.3 Computer 

Controls

5.1.3.2 Keyboards

5.1.3.3 Mouse/ 

trackballs/joysticks

5.1.3.4 Data entry

5.2.1.3.13 Display 

adjacent surfaces

5.2.3.13.13 Glare

5.5.3 Illuminance

5.5.3.1.1 General

5.5.3.1.1 d. 

Illumination source 

distribution to reduce 

glare

5.7.7 General 

Equipment-related 

Hazards

5.10 Workspace Design 

5.10.1 General 

5.10.2 Workspace 

provision

5.10.3 Workstation 

design

5.10.4 Special-purpose 

console design

5.14 Peripherals

5.7 Workspace Design

5.7.1 General 

5.7.2 Standing 

Operations

5.7.2.1 General

5.7.2.2 Advantages

5.7.2.3 Work Surface

5.7.2.4 Equipment 

placement

5.7.2.5 Dimensions

5.7.3 Seated Operations

5.7.3.1 Advantages

5.7.3.2 Seating

5.7.3.3 Cushioning

5.7.3.4 Armrests

5.7.3.5 Footrests

5.7.3.6 Temporary Seats

5.7.3.7 Mobile 

Workspace

5.7.5 Standard console 

design

5.7.5.1 Display surfaces

5.7.5.2 Control surfaces

5.7.7 Stairs, ladders, and 

ramps

5.7.7.1 General criteria

5.7.7.2 Stairs

5.7.7.3 Ladders

5.7.7.4 Ramps

5.7.7.6 Elevators, 

inclinators, and 

hydraulic-operated work 

platforms

5.7.8 Ingress & egress

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 13 

The Workplace

13.2 Workplace Design 

13.2.3 Design Principles

13.2.4 General Layout

13.2.5 Specific 

Requirements for 

Workstations

13.2.6 Working 

Environment 

13.2.7 Approaches and 

Methods to Workplace 

Design

13.2.8 Workspace 

Design Reviews

13.3 Workspace and 

Task Lighting 

13.3.1 Introduction

13.3.2 Photometry and 

Colorimetry 

13.3.3 Lighting Design 

Practice

13.3.4 Daylight

13.3.5 Lighting 

Equipment 

13.3.6 Energy 

Considerations

13.3.8 Display Screen 

Equipment Lighting 

13.3.9 Safety-Related 

Lighting 

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

3.1.48 Glare

10.1 Basic Principles of 

Workplace Design

10.1.7 Control/Display 

Accessibility

10.2.4 Computer 

Workstation

10.3.4 Display Mounting

13.27.2 Keyboard Use

13.27.11 Mouse Use

13.27.14 Input Device 

Interchangeability/ 

Redundancy

14.1.1. Maximum Levels

14.1.2 Maximum Exposure 

and Protection

14.2.1 Design Requirement

14.2.2 Temperature

14.2.3 Relative Humidity 

14.2.4 Temperature/ 

Humidity Design

14.3 Lighting

14.3.1 General Design 

Requirements

14.3.2 Location

14.3.5 Lighting Levels

14.3.6 Brightness Ratio

14.3.7 Wall Surface 

Reflectance

14.3.8 Other Lighting 

Requirement
Page 160 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

5.5 Work Chair

5.6 Additional Support 

Elements

5.7 Layout of 

Workstations Within the 

Work Space

5.7.8.1 Routine

5.7.8.2 Non-routine

5.7.8.3 Walkways & 

Passageways

5.8 Environment

5.8.1 Heating, 

ventilating, and air 

conditioning

5.8.1.1 Heating

5.8.1.4 Environmental 

Factors 

5.8.1.5 Thermal 

tolerance and comfort 

zones

5.8.2 Illuminance

5.8.2.1 General

5.8.2.2 Illumination 

levels and distribution 

5.8.2.3 Lighting fixtures

5.8.2.4 Brightness ratios

5.8.2.5 Glare

5.8.2.6 Reflectance

5.8.2.7 Dark adaptation 

5.8.4 Vibration

5.8.4.1 Whole-body 

vibration

5.8.4.2 Equipment 

vibration

Work Equipment

15.6.9 Preferred Physical 

Specifications for Data 

Entry: Keyed

15.6.9.1 Keyboards/ 

Membrane Keys

15.6.9.2 Keypads

15.6.12.2 Mouse

High resolution digital camera components

• Buttons, Knobs, and 

Control Devices

10.6.3 Control devices 

10.6.3.1 Push button

10.6.3.7 Slide switch 

controls

10.6.3.23 Knobs

Part 9: Ergonomics 

requirements for office 

work with Visual Display 

Terminals –

Requirements for nonkeyboard input devices 

6.1.4 Button design

5.1.4 Mechanical 

Controls

5.1.4.1.2 Continuous 

adjustment rotary 

controls (knobs)

5.1.4.2 Linear controls 

(push buttons)

5.4 Controls

5.4.1.2 Direction of 

movement

5.4.2 Rotary controls

5.4.3.1.1 Push button, 

finger- or hand-operated

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.6 Discrete Controls

15.6.3 Preferred physical 

specifications for 

continuous variable 

5 Controls

5.1 Principles of control 

design

5.6 Control use and 

design

5.6.5 Continuous 

adjustment rotary 
Page 161 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

operation: Rotary (knob)

15.6.8 Preferred physical 

specifications for 

discrete operation: Push 

button

controls (knobs)

5.6.7 Pushbuttons

• Visual Display 10.2 General

10.2.1 Simplicity

10.2.2 Usability 

10.2.6 Feedback 

10.2.7 System Status

10.3 Layout

10.3.2 Location and 

arrangement

10.3.4 Display-Control 

relationships 

10.3.5 Location

10.4 Visual acquisition of 

display 

10.4.1 Display content

10.4.2 Minimal 

information

10.5 Visual Displays 

10.5.2.2 Viewing 

conditions

10.5.2.3 Luminance and 

contrast

10.5.2.4 Spatial metrics

10.5.2.6 Color

Part 3: Visual Display 

Requirements

5 Design requirements 

and recommendations

5.1 Design viewing 

distance

5.2 Line-of-sight angle

5.3 Angle of view

5.4 Character height

5.5 Stroke width

5.6 Character width-toheight ratio 

5.7 Raster modulation 

and fill factor

5.8 Character format

5.9 Character size 

uniformity 

5.10 Between character 

spacing

5.11 Between-word 

spacing 

5.14 Orthogonality

5.15 Display luminance

5.16 Luminance contrast

5.17 Luminance balance

5.18 Glare

5.19 Image polarity 

5.20 Luminance 

uniformity 

5.21 Luminance coding

5.22 Blink coding 

5.23 Temporal 

5.2 Visual displays

5.2.1 Installation of 

visual displays

5.2.2 Display content

5.2.3 Displays –

hardware

5.2 Visual Displays

5.2.1 General

5.2.2 Transilluminated 

displays

5.2.3 Scale Indicators

5.2.4 Cathode ray tube 

(CRT) displays

5.2.5 Large-screen 

displays

5.2.6 Other displays

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment 

15.2 Visual information 

presentation 

15.2.1 Guiding 

principles

15.2.2 Visual displays

15.2.4 Use of colour

15.5 Discrete displays

15.5.1 Context of use

15.5.2 Viewing position 

15.5.3 Size of displays 

information

15.5.5 Contrast

15.5.6 Glare and 

reflections

15.5.7 Displayed colour

6 Displays

6.1 Visual displays 

6.2 Location, orientation, 

lighting, and arrangement 

of displays 

6.3 Display illumination

6.4 Display types

8 Integration of controls, 

displays and alarms

8.1 Principles of design

8.2 Grouping relationships 

– principles of 

arrangement

8.6 Control and display 

movement relationships
Page 162 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

instability (flicker) 

5.24 Spatial instability 

5.25 Screen image color 

(Part 3) 6 Measurement 

Conditions and 

Conventions

6.1.2 Lighting conditions

6.3 Display luminance 

setting

• Auditory signal 10.8 Audio Displays

10.8.2 When to use

10.8.3 Selection of signal 

type

10.8.4 General design

10.8.5 Signal design

5.3.1 Audio Displays 

5.3.1.7 Audio displays 

as part of the user 

interface 

5.3.2 Audio signals 

5.3.2.3 Alerting signals

5.3.2.5 Cueing signals

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.3 Auditory 

information presentation 

15.3.1 Valid use of 

auditory signals

15.3.2 Signal audibility 

15.3.3 Signal recognition

15.3.4 Gaining attention

15.3.5 Signal 

discrimination

15.3.6 Signal meaning 

15.3.9 Evaluation of 

auditory signals

Section 13.10 Audio 

displays 

13.10.1 Use

13.10.2 Audio supportive 

function

13.10.3 Signal 

characteristics

• On/off switch 10.6.3 Control Devices

10.6.3.6 Rocker switches 

(on/off switch) 

5.1.4.2 Linear controls 

5.1.4.2.1 Discrete 

adjustment linear 

controls e. Rocker 

switches

Part 3: Technical 

Guidance – Section 15 

Work Equipment

15.6 Discrete Controls

15.6.8.4 Rocker switches

5.6 Control Use and 

Design 

5.6.10 Rocker switches

• Software 10.5.2.9 Software 

Elements

10.5.2.9.1 Scrolling

10.5.2.9.2 Navigation

10.5.2.9.3 Selection

10.5.2.9.4 Menus

10.5.2.9.5 Toolbars & 

Status Bars

Part 13: User Guidance

10 Online Help 

10.1 Description

10.2 System-initiated 

Help

10.3 User-initiated Help 

10.4 Presentation of 

Help Information

5.1 Structuring into 

Levels and Menus

5.1.3.5.2 Menu 

Selection

5.1.3.5.2. a. Use

5.1.3.5.2. b. Selection

5.14.8.12 Help 

5.14.8.12.1 Standard 

5.4.3 Linear Controls

5.4.3.1.3 Keyboards, 

keypads, keysets, and 

menu selectors e. Menu 

Selection

15.4 Human-Computer 

Interaction 

15.4.1 Introduction

15.4.2 HCI Design 

Process

15.4.3 Essential HCI 

Development Activities

15.4.4 Interaction 

13 Human-Computer 

Interface

13.1 General Design 

Requirements 

13.1.1 General Principles

13.1.2 Navigation

13.1.3 Consistency with 

Physical/Manual 
Page 163 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

10.5.2.9.6 Dialog Boxes

10.5.3 Display 

Interpretation

10.5.4 Display 

Technologies

10.5.5 Related Display 

Standards

10.10 User Interfaces 

with Automated Systems

10.10.1 Introduction

10.10.2 Automation

10.10.3 User Interfaces 

with Mobile Machines

10.5 Help Navigation 

and Controls

10.6 Browsable Help 

10.7 Context-Sensitive 

Help

Part 14: Menu dialogs

5 Menu Structure

5.1 Structuring into 

Levels and Menus

5.2 Grouping Options 

within a Menu

5.3 Sequencing of 

Options with Groups

6 Menu Navigation

6.1 Navigation Cues

6.2 Rapid Navigation

8 Menu Presentation

8.1 Option Accessibility 

and Discrimination

Part 151: Guidance on 

World Wide Web user 

interfaces

6 High level design 

decisions and design 

strategy

6.2 Determining purpose 

of a Web application

6.3 Analyzing the target 

user groups

6.4 Analyzing the users' 

goals and tasks

6.5 Matching application 

purpose and user goals

6.6 Recognizing the 

purpose of a Web 

application

6.7 Prioritizing different 

Action to Request Help 

5.14.8.12.2 Multilevel 

Help

5.14.8.12.3 Browsing 

Help

Requirements

15.4.5 Computer-Based 

Displays

15.4.6 Computer-Based 

Control

Interfaces

13.1.4 Standard 

Procedures

13.1.5 Computer 

Response

13.1.6 Screen Design and 

Content

13.1.7 Coding

13.1.8 Input Devices

13.1.9 System Status

13.1.10 On-Line Help

13.2 System Operations 

13.2.1 Log-on Procedures

13.2.2 Log-off Procedures

13.2.3 Computer Failure

13.2.4 Interaction

13.11 Data Entry

13.11.1 General 

Requirements

13.11.2 User pacing

13.11.3 Positive Feedback

13.11.4 Processing 

Display

13.11.5 Explicit Action

13.11.6 Validation

13.11.7 Available Data

13.11.8 Input Units

13.11.9 Buffer

13.11.10 Presentation 

Mode

13.11.11 Display Window

13.11.12 Data Deletion

13.11.13 Data Change

13.11.14 Single Data 

Entry Method

13.11.15 Data Entry 

Display
Page 164 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

design goals

6.8 ICT accessibility

6.9 Software 

accessibility

6.10 Web content 

accessibility

6.11 Identifying the 

website and its owner

6.12 Coherent multi-site 

strategy

(Part 151) 7 Content 

design

7.1 Conceptual content 

model

7.2 Content Objects and 

functionality

(Part 151) 8 Navigation 

and search

8.1 general

8.2 General guidance on 

navigation

8.3 Navigation structure

8.4 Navigation 

components

8.5 Search

(Part 151) 9 Content 

Presentation

9.1 General

9.2 Observing principles 

of human perception

9.3 Page design issues

9.4 Link design

9.5 Interaction objects

9.6 Text design

(Part 151) 10 General 

design aspects

10.1 Designing for 

13.11.16 Data Editing

13.11.17 String Search

13.11.18 Automatic Line 

Break

13.11.19 Format Control

13.11.20 Frequently Used 

Text

13.11.21 Control 

Annotations

13.11.22 Printing Options

13.11.23 Text Length

13.11.24 Justification

13.11.25 Minimization of 

Keying

13.13 Graphic Controls

13.13.1 Use

13.13.2 Iconic Menus

13.13.3 Supplemental 

Verbal Labels

13.13.4 Icon Controls

13.13.5 Palettes

13.13.6 Push-buttons

13.13.7 Radio Buttons

13.13.8 Check Boxes

13.13.9 Sliders

13.14 Windows

13.15 Menus

13.15.1 Use

13.15.2 Item Selection

13.15.3 Titles

13.15.4 Series Entry

13.15.5 Sequences

13.15.6 Active Option 

Presentation

13.15.7 Format 

Consistency

13.15.8 Option Sequence
Page 165 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

cultural diversity and 

multilingual use

10.2 Providing Help

10.3 Making Web user 

interfaces error-tolerant

10.4 URL names

10.5 Acceptable 

download times

10.6 Using generally 

accepted technologies 

and standards

10.7 Supporting 

common technologies

10.8 Making Web user 

interfaces robust

10.9 Designing for input 

device independence

10.10 Making the user 

interface of embedded 

objects usable and 

accessible

13.15.9 Simple Menus

13.15.10 Option 

Presentation

13.15.11 Direct Function 

Call

13.15.12 Consistency with 

Command Language

13.15.13 Option Coding

13.15.14 Keyed Codes

13.15.15 Position in 

Structure

13.15.16 Back Menu

13.15.17 Return to Top 

Level

13.16 Forms

13.16.1 Use

13.16.2 Grouping

13.16.3 Format/Content 

Consistency

13.16.4 Distinctive Fields

13.16.5 Omissions

13.16.6 Protected Areas

13.16.7 Flexible Data 

Entry

13.16.8 Logical Order

13.16.9 Control Entry

13.16.10 Message Forms

13.18 Language

13.18.1 Command 

Language

13.18.2 Punctuation

13.18.3 Command Entry

13.18.4 Display Location

13.18.5 Command 

Prompts

13.18.6 Complexity

13.18.7 Macro Command
Page 166 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

13.18.8 Standard 

Command Editing

13.18.9 Destructive 

Commands

13.18.10 Questions and 

Answers

13.18.11 Query Language

13.19 Feedback

13.19.1 Use

13.19.2 Standby

13.19.3 Process Outcome

13.19.4 Input 

Configuration

13.19.5 Current Modes

13.19.6 Highlighted 

Selection

13.19.7 Input Rejection

13.19.8 Feedback 

Messages

13.19.9 Time Delay 

Warning

13.20 Prompts

13.20.1 Use

13.20.2 Standard Display

13.20.3 Explicit Prompts

13.20.4 Prompt Clarity

13.20.5 Definitions

13.20.6 Consistent 

Technology 

13.20.7 Confirmation

13.21 Defaults

13.21.1 Use

13.21.2 User Selection

13.21.3 Default 

Substitution

13.21.4 Sequential 

Defaults
Page 167 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

13.22 Error 

Management/Data 

Protection

13.22.1 Error Correction

13.22.2 Error Detection

13.22.3 Internal Software 

Checks

13.22.4 Critical Entries

13.22.5 Error Message 

Content

13.22.6 Error Recovery

13.22.7 Diagnostic 

Information

13.22.8 Entry Correction 

and Confirmation

13.22.9 Spelling Errors

13.22.10 Errors in 

Stacked Commands 

(stacked sequences)

13.22.11 Display of 

Erroneous Entries

13.22.12 File 

Management

13.23 Data Security

13.23.1 General

13.23.2 Automated 

Measures

13.23.3 Segregating 

Real/Simulated Data

13.23.4 Security 

Classification Display

13.23.5 User 

Identification

13.24 Help

13.24.1 General

13.24.2 Help Request

13.24.3 Help Content
Page 168 3/2013

DEVICE

Existing Standards

NASA

SP-2010-3407 ISO 9241 MIL-STD-1472G MIL-HDBK-759C MOD 00-250 ASTM F1166

13.24.4 Multi-Level 

HELP

13.24.5 Browse/Help

13.24.6 Help Access

13.24.7 Appropriate Help

13.25 Software

13.25.1 General

13.25.2 Information and 

System Response

13.25.3 Compute Failure

13.25.4 Task Complexity

13.25.5 Interaction

13.26 Data Transmission/ 

Messaging

13.26.1 Functional 

Integration

13.26.2 Consistent 

Procedures

13.26.3 Message Formats

13.26.4 Interruption

13.26.5 Incorporate 

Existing Files

13.26.6 User Initiation

13.26.7 Transmission 

Notification

13.26.8 Address Entry 

Prompt

13.26.9 Incoming 

Message Control

13.26.10 Data Presentation
Page 169 3/2013

APPENDIX C: CONTACTS WITHIN DHS DIRECTORATES

This appendix lists the supervisors and end users the research team worked with in each of 

the directorates covered by this review. 

C.1: U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS)

In order to understand the relevant organizational aspects of USCIS for this study, the 

research team made an initial appointment with Theresa C. Bertucci, Associate Director, 

Enterprise Services directorate in the USCIS offices at 111 Massachusetts Avenue NW, 

Washington DC on June 27, 2011. The purpose of this meeting was to provide Ms. Bertucci 

with an overview of the purpose of the project and a copy of the interview instrument. 

After the team described the project goals and purpose, Ms. Bertucci determined that Conrad 

Zargosa would be able to assist us and scheduled a meeting with him on July 11, 2011 at the 

same office building. Mr. Zargosa provided additional information regarding the Biometric 

aspects of the USCIS data collection processes, and he facilitated a tour of their Biometric 

development area in the same building. Furthermore, Ms. Bertucci and Mr. Zargosa 

facilitated the scheduling of a site visit to the USCIS Application Support Center in 

Wheaton, MD on July 14, 2011. 

The Application Support Center was very cooperative, and provided a walkthrough and 

demonstration of the processes and equipment used at the Center. As a result of the visit, 

along with other information obtained through the initial interviews with Ms. Bertucci and 

Mr. Zargosa, the team was able to fully document the applicant enrollment process.

C.2: Transportation and Security Administration (TSA)

The initial contact identified at TSA was Andrew Cox. From the research team’s initial 

contact with Andrew, the research team scheduled an appointment with two TSA human 

factors (HF) specialists, Bonnie Kudrick and Katrin Helbing. The team met with the HF 

specialists at Reagan National Airport Headquarters, and after summarizing the project and 

answering the specialists’ questions, Katrin provided a tour of the facilities. That tour 

provided the researchers with detailed information about TSO tasks and the technology used 

to complete those main tasks. Subsequent to that visit, Katrin and Bonnie scheduled a 

meeting with several TSOs so that members of the team could talk to the agents about their

tasks and what they saw as challenges to completing those tasks. 
Page 170 3/2013

C.3: U.S. Coast Guard (USCG)

Mark Rutherford was the research team’s initial contact for the USCG and he identified Lt. 

Francisco Montalvo. Lt. Mantalvo identified Lt. Josh Brandt as the owner of the USCG

biometrics program. Lt. Brandt in turn scheduled a meeting between his team and the NIST 

team at the USCG headquarters in SE Washington, DC.

C.4: Customs and Border Protection (CBP)

Air and Marine

NIST project members made arrangements to meet the previously identified CBP Air and 

Marine contacts, Kim Mills and Nicole James, at the CBP Headquarters in the Ronald 

Reagan Building on October 26, 2011.

Border Patrol

On November 17, 2011, NIST project members interviewed CBP agents Paul Good, Officer 

Mitch Harmell, and C. Taylor Ray at the NIST campus in Gaithersburg, MD.

C.5: U.S. Immigrations and Customs Enforcement (ICE)

On December 28, 2011, the NIST team interviewed Mr. Jeffrey Wilson of Enforcement and 

Removal Operations field operations. The field operations teams search for specific 

individuals who are fugitives, detain them, and remove the illegal aliens. A fugitive is 

someone who is told to leave the country and has not left. In comparison, CBP conducts 

border patrols and ERO is responsible for internal enforcement. 

C.6: Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA)

Disaster Coordination, Support and Logistics Division 

NIST staff made arrangements with FEMA contact Joyce Thorton to interview members of 

the Disaster Coordination, Support and Logistics Division on November 30, 2011 at the 

FEMA Offices on Maryland Ave. in SW Washington, DC. 

Security Division

On December 7, 2011, arrangements were made to interview Mr. Don Pope of the FEMA 

Security Division in their downtown SW DC offices. The Security Division is responsible 

for security policies applied at the Regional Disaster settings. They coordinate, respond and 
Page 171 3/2013

apply comprehensive security disciplines at all disasters and manage disaster assistance 

employees (DAE).